WO2021008616A1 - Control method for electronic device with folding screen, and electronic device - Google Patents

Control method for electronic device with folding screen, and electronic device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021008616A1
WO2021008616A1 PCT/CN2020/102812 CN2020102812W WO2021008616A1 WO 2021008616 A1 WO2021008616 A1 WO 2021008616A1 CN 2020102812 W CN2020102812 W CN 2020102812W WO 2021008616 A1 WO2021008616 A1 WO 2021008616A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
folding
event
screen
included angle
monitor
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/102812
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
葛雄华
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2021008616A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021008616A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • G06F3/0484Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
    • G06F3/04847Interaction techniques to control parameter settings, e.g. interaction with sliders or dials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/03Arrangements for converting the position or the displacement of a member into a coded form
    • G06F3/041Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
    • G06F3/0412Digitisers structurally integrated in a display
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F2203/00Indexing scheme relating to G06F3/00 - G06F3/048
    • G06F2203/041Indexing scheme relating to G06F3/041 - G06F3/045
    • G06F2203/04102Flexible digitiser, i.e. constructional details for allowing the whole digitising part of a device to be flexed or rolled like a sheet of paper

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Telephone Function (AREA)
  • Studio Devices (AREA)
  • User Interface Of Digital Computer (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed are a control method for an electronic device with a folding screen, and an electronic device, relating to the field of electronic devices. The control method comprises: an electronic device receiving a folding operation of a user on a folding screen, and acquiring raw data of the folding screen in real time during a process of executing the folding operation by the user, wherein the raw data comprises at least one of the following parameters: an included angle between a first screen and a second screen, the folding speed of a folded screen, the folding direction of the folded screen, and the folding acceleration of the folded screen, the folded screen being a screen, which rotates when the user executes the folding operation, from the first screen and the second screen; and the electronic device executing a corresponding function according to the raw data obtained in real time, wherein if the sizes of included angles are different, the degrees of executing the corresponding function are different, if the magnitudes of the folding speeds are different, the degrees of executing the corresponding function are different, if the folding directions are different, the degrees of executing the corresponding function are different, or if the magnitudes of the folding accelerations are different, the degrees of executing the corresponding function are different.

Description

一种具有折叠屏的电子设备的控制方法及电子设备Method for controlling electronic equipment with folding screen and electronic equipment
本申请要求于2019年07月18日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为201910650507.4、申请名称为“一种具有折叠屏的电子设备的控制方法及电子设备”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of a Chinese patent application filed with the State Intellectual Property Office on July 18, 2019, the application number is 201910650507.4, and the application name is "a control method and electronic device for an electronic device with a folding screen", all of which The content is incorporated in this application by reference.
技术领域Technical field
本申请实施例涉及电子设备领域,尤其涉及一种具有折叠屏的电子设备的控制方法及电子设备。The embodiments of the present application relate to the field of electronic devices, and in particular, to a method for controlling an electronic device with a folding screen and an electronic device.
背景技术Background technique
电子设备在使用的过程中,有大量的渐变效果需要进行控制。例如,渐变效果可以包括屏幕亮度,相机焦距,音乐播放的音量,视频播放的快慢等。目前,大多可根据用户在具有触摸控制功能的显示屏(如称为触控屏)上的操作,来实现对这些渐变效果的控制。但是,这种基于触控屏对渐变效果的控制精准度并不高,且容易造成误操作。同时由于在用户基于触控屏对渐变效果进行控制时,手指会遮挡屏幕,因此会导致可视界面被遮挡,为用户带来的较大不便。During the use of electronic equipment, there are a large number of gradual effects that need to be controlled. For example, the gradient effect can include screen brightness, camera focus, music playback volume, video playback speed, etc. At present, most of these gradual effects can be controlled according to the user's operation on a display screen with a touch control function (such as a touch screen). However, this kind of control accuracy based on the touch screen for the gradual effect is not high, and it is easy to cause misoperation. At the same time, when the user controls the gradient effect based on the touch screen, the finger will block the screen, which will cause the visual interface to be blocked, which will bring great inconvenience to the user.
同时,随着电子设备上折叠屏的推广和应用,电子设备显示屏的显示区域进一步增大且可能不在一个平面上,如果采用上述方法进行渐变效果的控制,则会进一步降低控制的准确性,同时为用户的使用带来显著不便。因此,就迫切需要一种方法,能够在电子设备(特别是设置有折叠屏的电子设备)中更加精确的进行渐变效果的控制。At the same time, with the promotion and application of folding screens on electronic devices, the display area of electronic device displays has further increased and may not be on the same plane. If the above method is used to control the gradual effect, the accuracy of the control will be further reduced. At the same time, it brings significant inconvenience to users. Therefore, there is an urgent need for a method that can more accurately control the gradation effect in an electronic device (especially an electronic device provided with a folding screen).
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种具有折叠屏的电子设备的控制方法以及电子设备,解决了在渐变效果控制过程中,控制精准度低,容易出现误操作以及可视界面被遮挡的问题。The embodiments of the present application provide a method for controlling an electronic device with a folding screen and the electronic device, which solves the problems of low control accuracy, misoperation, and obstruction of the visual interface during the gradual effect control process.
为了达到上述目的,本申请实施例采用如下技术方案:In order to achieve the foregoing objectives, the following technical solutions are adopted in the embodiments of this application:
第一方面,本申请实施例提供一种具有折叠屏的电子设备的控制方法,其中,折叠屏可通过折叠形成第一屏和第二屏。该控制方法可以包括:电子设备接收用户对折叠屏的折叠操作;在用户执行折叠操作的过程中,电子设备实时获取折叠屏的原参数,其中,原参数可以包括以下参数中的至少一种:第一屏与第二屏之间的夹角,被折叠屏的折叠速度,被折叠屏的折叠方向和被折叠屏的折叠加速度;被折叠屏为第一屏和第二屏中,用户执行折叠操作时转动的屏;电子设备根据实时获得的原参数执行对应功能;其中,夹角的大小不同,执行对应功能的程度不同;折叠速度的大小不同,执行对应功能的程度不同;折叠方向不同,执行对应功能的程度不同;或,折叠加速度的大小不同,执行对应功能的程度不同。In the first aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a method for controlling an electronic device with a folding screen, wherein the folding screen can be folded to form a first screen and a second screen. The control method may include: the electronic device receives the user's folding operation on the folding screen; while the user performs the folding operation, the electronic device obtains the original parameters of the folding screen in real time, where the original parameters may include at least one of the following parameters: The angle between the first screen and the second screen, the folding speed of the folded screen, the folding direction of the folded screen and the folding acceleration of the folded screen; the folded screen is the first screen and the second screen, and the user performs folding The screen that rotates during operation; the electronic device performs corresponding functions according to the original parameters obtained in real time; among them, the size of the included angle is different, the degree of performing the corresponding function is different; the size of the folding speed is different, the degree of performing the corresponding function is different; the folding direction is different, The degree of performing the corresponding function is different; or, the degree of folding acceleration is different, the degree of performing the corresponding function is different.
本申请实施例提供的具有折叠屏的电子设备的控制方法,用户通过对电子设备中的铰链设备(如折叠屏)输入折叠操作,电子设备就可以收集该折叠屏的参数,并将这些参数分别封装获取对应的事件。以便电子设备对通过与不同事件对应的监视器对上述事件中的参数进行监控,进而根据监控结果执行对应的功能。就实现了用户通过折叠操作对电子设备中对应功能的调节。由于用户输入的折叠操作是连续的,可以引 起折叠操作的参数的连续的变化,而电子设备也能够实时的监控这些参数的变化,因此,就能够实现对于渐变效果的连续调节。本申请实施例提供的方法,由于不需要用户触摸屏幕或通过实体按键对渐变效果进行调节,因此实现了对渐变效果的调节的同时,还不会遮挡用户的视线,并具有很高的精确度。In the method for controlling an electronic device with a folding screen provided by the embodiment of the present application, the user inputs a folding operation to a hinge device (such as a folding screen) in the electronic device, and the electronic device can collect the parameters of the folding screen and separate these parameters. Encapsulate to obtain the corresponding event. In this way, the electronic device can monitor the parameters in the above-mentioned event through the monitor corresponding to the different event, and then execute the corresponding function according to the monitoring result. This realizes that the user can adjust the corresponding functions in the electronic device through the folding operation. Since the folding operation input by the user is continuous, it can cause continuous changes of the parameters of the folding operation, and the electronic device can also monitor the changes of these parameters in real time, so that continuous adjustment of the gradual effect can be realized. The method provided in the embodiments of the present application does not require the user to touch the screen or adjust the gradual effect through physical buttons, so that the gradual effect is adjusted without blocking the user's sight, and has high accuracy .
结合第一方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,折叠屏为铰链Hinge设备;电子设备根据实时获得的原参数执行对应功能,具体的可以包括:电子设备根据原参数生成铰链折叠Hinge-Rotation事件,铰链折叠事件用于封装获得的原参数;铰链折叠事件包括夹角事件,夹角事件封装有夹角;电子设备根据铰链折叠事件生成事件监视器,事件监视器用于对铰链折叠事件进行监控;事件监视器包括铰链夹角监视器,铰链夹角监视器用于对夹角事件封装的夹角进行监视;电子设备根据事件监视器对铰链折叠事件的监控结果执行对应功能。这样,电子设备就能够通过事件监视器对铰链折叠事件(如铰链夹角事件)中的参数(如夹角)进行监控,并根据对夹角的监控结果执行对应的功能。如此便实现了用户通过折叠操作对对应的功能的动态调节。With reference to the first aspect, in a possible implementation, the folding screen is a hinged Hinge device; the electronic device executes corresponding functions according to the original parameters obtained in real time, which may specifically include: the electronic device generates a hinge folding Hinge-Rotation event according to the original parameters , The hinge folding event is used to encapsulate the obtained original parameters; the hinge folding event includes an angle event, and the angle event encapsulates an angle; the electronic device generates an event monitor according to the hinge folding event, and the event monitor is used to monitor the hinge folding event; The event monitor includes a hinge included angle monitor. The hinge included angle monitor is used to monitor the included angle of the included angle event package; the electronic device performs corresponding functions on the monitoring result of the hinge folding event according to the event monitor. In this way, the electronic device can monitor the parameters (such as the included angle) in the hinge folding event (such as the hinge included angle event) through the event monitor, and perform corresponding functions according to the monitoring result of the included angle. In this way, the user can dynamically adjust the corresponding function through the folding operation.
结合第一方面或上述可能的实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,铰链折叠事件还包括以下事件类型中的至少一种:速度事件,方向事件,加速度事件,状态事件和反弹事件;其中,速度事件封装有折叠速度,方向事件封装有折叠方向,加速度事件封装有折叠加速度,状态事件封装有根据夹角获得的折叠屏的折叠状态,折叠状态为展开状态,闭合状态或半展开状态,反弹事件封装有反弹标识,反弹标识用于指示折叠屏是否被折叠后又返回。这样,不同类型的铰链折叠事件封装有不同的参数,以便电子设备能够对不同的参数进行监视,从而根据监视结果执行对应的功能。In combination with the first aspect or the foregoing possible implementation manners, in another possible implementation manner, the hinge folding event further includes at least one of the following event types: speed event, direction event, acceleration event, state event and rebound event; Among them, the speed event encapsulates the folding speed, the direction event encapsulates the folding direction, the acceleration event encapsulates the folding acceleration, and the state event encapsulates the folding state of the folding screen obtained according to the angle. The folding state is the expanded state, the closed state or the half-expanded state. , The rebound event is encapsulated with a rebound mark, which is used to indicate whether the folding screen is folded and then returned. In this way, different types of hinge folding events are encapsulated with different parameters, so that the electronic device can monitor different parameters, so as to perform corresponding functions according to the monitoring results.
结合第一方面或上述可能的实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,事件监视器还包括以下监视器中的至少一种:铰链方向监视器,铰链状态监视器,铰链运动监视器,第一铰链反弹监视器,第二铰链反弹监视器,第三铰链反弹监视器,铰链反弹滑动监视器;其中,铰链方向监视器用于对方向事件封装的折叠方向进行监视;铰链状态监视器用于对夹角事件封装的夹角,速度事件封装的折叠速度,及加速度事件封装的折叠加速度中的一个或多个进行监控,以获得布尔值,布尔值用于表示铰链设备是否在转动;铰链运动监视器用于对夹角事件封装的夹角,速度事件封装的折叠速度,方向事件封装的折叠方向,及加速度事件封装的折叠加速度进行监视;第一铰链反弹监视器用于对方向事件封装的折叠方向和夹角事件封装的夹角进行监视;第二铰链反弹监视器用于对方向事件封装的折叠方向进行监视;第三铰链反弹监视器用于对夹角事件封装的夹角进行监视;铰链反弹滑动监视器用于对方向事件封装的折叠方向进行监视,以获得与折叠方向对应的目标事件,目标事件包括:预定义的折叠操作事件或预定义的系统事件。这样,电子设备就能够通过不同的事件监视器对不同的铰链折叠事件进行监视,以此实现了用户通过折叠操作对电子设备中多种功能的控制。With reference to the first aspect or the foregoing possible implementation manners, in another possible implementation manner, the event monitor further includes at least one of the following monitors: a hinge direction monitor, a hinge state monitor, a hinge motion monitor, The first hinge rebound monitor, the second hinge rebound monitor, the third hinge rebound monitor, the hinge rebound slide monitor; among them, the hinge direction monitor is used to monitor the folding direction of the direction event package; the hinge state monitor is used to monitor One or more of the included angle encapsulated by the angle event, the folding speed encapsulated by the velocity event, and the folding acceleration encapsulated by the acceleration event are monitored to obtain a Boolean value, which is used to indicate whether the hinge device is rotating; hinge motion monitoring The monitor is used to monitor the angle of the angle event package, the folding speed of the speed event package, the folding direction of the direction event package, and the folding acceleration of the acceleration event package; the first hinge rebound monitor is used to monitor the folding direction and the folding direction of the direction event package. The included angle of the included angle event package is monitored; the second hinge rebound monitor is used to monitor the folding direction of the directional event package; the third hinge rebound monitor is used to monitor the included angle of the included angle event package; the hinge rebound slide monitor is used To monitor the folding direction encapsulated by the direction event to obtain the target event corresponding to the folding direction, the target event includes: a predefined folding operation event or a predefined system event. In this way, the electronic device can monitor different hinge folding events through different event monitors, so that the user can control multiple functions in the electronic device through the folding operation.
结合第一方面或上述可能的实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,电子设备根据事件监视器对铰链折叠事件的监控结果执行对应功能,包括:电子设备根据铰链夹角监视器对夹角事件封装的夹角的监视结果,调整折叠屏的亮度;其中,如果在执行折叠操作前,折叠屏的折叠状态为闭合状态,且折叠屏处于黑屏状态,则监视到的夹角越大,折叠屏的亮度越大;如果在执行折叠操作前,折叠屏的折叠状态为展开状态, 且折叠屏处于亮屏状态,则监视到的夹角越小,折叠屏的亮度越小。这样,本申请提供的具有折叠屏的电子设备的控制方法,就能够在不同场景下,实现根据对夹角的监视动态调整折叠屏的亮度。In combination with the first aspect or the foregoing possible implementation manners, in another possible implementation manner, the electronic device performs corresponding functions according to the monitoring result of the hinge folding event by the event monitor, including: the electronic device clamps the monitor according to the hinge angle The monitoring results of the included angle encapsulated by the angle event, adjust the brightness of the folding screen; among them, if the folding state of the folding screen is closed and the folding screen is in a black screen state before the folding operation is performed, the larger the monitored included angle, The brightness of the folding screen is greater; if the folding state of the folding screen is the unfolded state before the folding operation is performed, and the folding screen is in the bright screen state, the smaller the monitored angle, the smaller the brightness of the folding screen. In this way, the method for controlling an electronic device with a folding screen provided in the present application can dynamically adjust the brightness of the folding screen according to the monitoring of the included angle in different scenarios.
结合第一方面或上述可能的实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,电子设备根据事件监视器对铰链折叠事件的监控结果执行对应功能,包括:电子设备根据铰链夹角监视器对夹角事件封装的夹角的监视结果,调整电子设备相机的变焦倍率,相机的变焦倍率的取值范围为[第一倍率,第二倍率];其中,如果在执行折叠操作前,折叠屏的折叠状态为闭合状态,且相机的变焦倍率为第二倍率,则监视到的夹角越大,相机的变焦倍率越小;如果在执行折叠操作前,折叠屏的折叠状态为闭合状态,且相机的变焦倍率为第一倍率,则监视到的夹角越大,相机的变焦倍率越大;如果在执行折叠操作前,折叠屏的折叠状态为展开状态,且相机的变焦倍率为第二倍率,则监视到的夹角越小,相机的变焦倍率越小;如果在执行折叠操作前,折叠屏的折叠状态为展开状态,且相机的变焦倍率为第一倍率,则监视到的夹角越小,相机的变焦倍率越大;如果在执行折叠操作前,折叠屏的折叠状态为半折叠状态,且相机的变焦倍率为第二倍率,则在夹角小于90°时,监视到的夹角越大,相机的变焦倍率越小,在夹角大于90°时,监视到的夹角越小,相机的变焦倍率越小;如果在执行折叠操作前,折叠屏的折叠状态为半折叠状态,且相机的变焦倍率为第三值,第三值大于第一倍率,且小于第二倍率,则在夹角大于90°,且第三值与第一倍率之差小于第二倍率与第三值之差时,监视到的夹角越大,相机的变焦倍率越小,监视到的夹角越小,相机的变焦倍率越大;在夹角大于90°,且第三值与第一倍率之差大于第二倍率与第三值之差时,监视到的夹角越大,相机的变焦倍率越大,监视到的夹角越小,相机的变焦倍率越小;在夹角小于90°,且第三值与第一倍率之差小于第二倍率与第三值之差时,监视到的夹角越大,相机的变焦倍率越大,监视到的夹角越小,相机的变焦倍率越小;在夹角小于90°,且第三值与第一倍率之差大于第二倍率与第三值之差时,监视到的夹角越大,相机的变焦倍率越小,监视到的夹角越小,相机的变焦倍率越大。这样,本申请提供的具有折叠屏的电子设备的控制方法,就能够在不同场景下,实现根据对夹角的监视调整相机的焦距。In combination with the first aspect or the foregoing possible implementation manners, in another possible implementation manner, the electronic device performs corresponding functions according to the monitoring result of the hinge folding event by the event monitor, including: the electronic device clamps the monitor according to the hinge angle The monitoring result of the included angle encapsulated by the angle event, adjust the zoom magnification of the electronic device camera, and the range of the zoom magnification of the camera is [first magnification, second magnification]; among them, if the folding screen is folded before performing the folding operation The state is closed and the zoom magnification of the camera is the second magnification, the larger the monitored angle, the smaller the zoom magnification of the camera; if the folding state of the folding screen is closed before the folding operation, and the camera’s zoom If the zoom magnification is the first magnification, the larger the monitored angle, the greater the zoom magnification of the camera; if the folding state of the folding screen is unfolded before the folding operation, and the zoom magnification of the camera is the second magnification, then The smaller the monitored included angle, the smaller the camera’s zoom magnification; if the folding state of the folding screen is unfolded before the folding operation is performed, and the camera’s zoom magnification is the first magnification, the smaller the monitored included angle, The greater the zoom magnification of the camera; if the folding state of the folding screen is half-folded before the folding operation, and the zoom magnification of the camera is the second magnification, the greater the monitored included angle is when the included angle is less than 90° , The smaller the zoom magnification of the camera, when the included angle is greater than 90°, the smaller the monitored included angle, the smaller the zoom magnification of the camera; if before performing the folding operation, the folding state of the folding screen is half-folded and the camera The zoom magnification of is the third value, the third value is greater than the first magnification and less than the second magnification, then the included angle is greater than 90°, and the difference between the third value and the first magnification is less than the difference between the second magnification and the third value When the angle monitored is greater, the zoom ratio of the camera is smaller, and the angle monitored is smaller, the zoom ratio of the camera is greater; when the angle is greater than 90°, and the difference between the third value and the first ratio is greater than When the difference between the second magnification and the third value, the larger the monitored angle, the greater the zoom magnification of the camera, and the smaller the monitored angle, the smaller the zoom magnification of the camera; when the angle is less than 90°, and the first When the difference between the three values and the first magnification is smaller than the difference between the second and third values, the larger the monitored angle, the larger the camera's zoom ratio, and the smaller the monitored angle, the smaller the camera's zoom ratio; When the included angle is less than 90°, and the difference between the third value and the first magnification is greater than the difference between the second magnification and the third value, the larger the monitored included angle, the smaller the camera's zoom magnification, and the greater the monitored included angle The smaller the zoom ratio of the camera is. In this way, the method for controlling an electronic device with a folding screen provided in the present application can realize the adjustment of the focal length of the camera according to the monitoring of the included angle in different scenarios.
结合第一方面或上述可能的实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,电子设备根据事件监视器对铰链折叠事件的监控结果执行对应功能,包括:电子设备根据铰链夹角监视器对夹角事件封装的夹角的监视结果,调整视频的播放速率,播放速率的取值范围为[第一速率,第二速率];其中,如果在执行折叠操作前,折叠屏的折叠状态为闭合状态或半展开状态,且视频的播放速率为第三速率,第三速率大于第一速率,且小于第二速率,为视频的正常播放速率,则在夹角在0°至45°的范围内时,监视到的夹角越大,播放速率越大,在夹角在45°至135°的范围内时,监视到的夹角越大,播放速率越小,在夹角在135°至180°的范围内时,监视到的夹角越大,播放速率越大;如果在执行折叠操作前,折叠屏的折叠状态为展开状态,且视频的播放速率为第三速率,则在夹角在180°至135°的范围内时,监视到的夹角越小,播放速率越小,在夹角在135°至45°的范围内时,监视到的夹角越小,播放速率越大,在夹角在45°至0°的范围内时,监视到的夹角越小,播放速率越小。这样,本申请提供的具有折叠屏的电子设备的控 制方法,就能够在不同场景下,实现根据对夹角的监视调整视频的播放速率。In combination with the first aspect or the foregoing possible implementation manners, in another possible implementation manner, the electronic device performs corresponding functions according to the monitoring result of the hinge folding event by the event monitor, including: the electronic device clamps the monitor according to the hinge angle The monitoring result of the included angle encapsulated by the angle event, adjust the playback rate of the video, the value range of the playback rate is [first rate, second rate]; among them, if the folding state of the folding screen is closed before the folding operation is performed Or half-expanded state, and the playback rate of the video is the third rate, the third rate is greater than the first rate and less than the second rate, which is the normal playback rate of the video, when the angle is within the range of 0° to 45° , The larger the monitored angle, the higher the playback rate. When the included angle is in the range of 45° to 135°, the larger the monitored angle, the lower the playback rate. When the included angle is between 135° and 180° When the angle is within the range, the larger the monitored angle, the higher the playback rate; if the folding state of the folding screen is the unfolded state before the folding operation is performed, and the video playback rate is the third rate, the angle is at 180 ° to 135°, the smaller the monitored angle, the lower the playback rate. When the angle is within the range of 135° to 45°, the smaller the monitored angle, the greater the playback rate. When the included angle is within the range of 45° to 0°, the smaller the monitored included angle, the lower the playback rate. In this way, the method for controlling an electronic device with a folding screen provided in the present application can realize the adjustment of the video playback rate according to the monitoring of the included angle in different scenarios.
结合第一方面或上述可能的实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,电子设备根据事件监视器对铰链折叠事件的监控结果执行对应功能,包括:电子设备的应用根据第一铰链反弹监视器,第二铰链反弹监视器或第三铰链反弹监视器对对应事件中封装的参数的监视结果,执行对应功能;或,电子设备根据第一铰链反弹监视器,第二铰链反弹监视器或第三铰链反弹监视器对对应事件中封装的参数的监视结果,确定对应的目标事件,电子设备的应用执行目标事件对应的功能。这样,电子设备就能够根据不同的铰链反弹监视器的监视结果,执行与该监视结果对应的功能,也可以根据不同的铰链反弹监视器的监视结果,确定与该监视结果对应的目标事件,并执行与该目标事件对应的功能。In combination with the first aspect or the foregoing possible implementation manners, in another possible implementation manner, the electronic device performs corresponding functions according to the monitoring result of the hinge folding event by the event monitor, including: the application of the electronic device monitors the rebound of the hinge according to the first hinge The second hinge rebound monitor or the third hinge rebound monitor performs the corresponding function according to the monitoring results of the parameters encapsulated in the corresponding event; or, the electronic device performs the corresponding function according to the first hinge rebound monitor, the second hinge rebound monitor or the second hinge rebound monitor. The three-hinge rebound monitor monitors the results of the parameters encapsulated in the corresponding event, determines the corresponding target event, and the application of the electronic device executes the function corresponding to the target event. In this way, the electronic device can execute the function corresponding to the monitoring result according to the monitoring results of different hinge rebound monitors, and can also determine the target event corresponding to the monitoring result according to the monitoring results of different hinge rebound monitors, and Execute the function corresponding to the target event.
结合第一方面或上述可能的实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,电子设备根据事件监视器对铰链折叠事件的监控结果执行对应功能,包括:电子设备的应用根据铰链反弹滑动监视器对方向事件中封装的折叠方向进行监视获得的目标事件,执行对应的功能。这样,电子设备就能够根据铰链反弹滑动监视器的监视结果,确定与之对应的目标事件,如滑动,并执行对应的滑动功能。In combination with the first aspect or the foregoing possible implementation manners, in another possible implementation manner, the electronic device performs corresponding functions according to the monitoring result of the hinge folding event by the event monitor, including: the application of the electronic device slides the monitor according to the hinge rebound The target event obtained by monitoring the folding direction encapsulated in the direction event, executes the corresponding function. In this way, the electronic device can determine the corresponding target event, such as sliding, according to the monitoring result of the hinge rebound sliding monitor, and execute the corresponding sliding function.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供一种电子设备,电子设备包括:一个或多个处理器、存储器以及折叠屏;其中,折叠屏至少包括第一屏和第二屏,用于根据一个或多个处理器的指示进行内容的显示;存储器用于存储一个或多个程序;一个或多个处理器用于运行一个或多个程序,以实现以下动作:接收用户对折叠屏的折叠操作;在用户执行折叠操作的过程中,实时获取折叠屏的原参数,原参数包括以下参数中的至少一种:第一屏与第二屏之间的夹角,被折叠屏的折叠速度,被折叠屏的折叠方向和被折叠屏的折叠加速度;被折叠屏为第一屏和第二屏中,用户执行折叠操作时转动的屏;根据实时获得的原参数执行对应功能;其中,夹角的大小不同,执行对应功能的程度不同;折叠速度的大小不同,执行对应功能的程度不同;折叠方向不同,执行对应功能的程度不同;或,折叠加速度的大小不同,执行对应功能的程度不同。In the second aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an electronic device. The electronic device includes: one or more processors, a memory, and a folding screen; wherein the folding screen includes at least a first screen and a second screen for The instructions of each processor are used to display content; the memory is used to store one or more programs; one or more processors are used to run one or more programs to achieve the following actions: receiving the user’s folding operation on the folding screen; During the folding operation, the original parameters of the folding screen are obtained in real time. The original parameters include at least one of the following parameters: the angle between the first screen and the second screen, the folding speed of the folded screen, and the The folding direction and the folding acceleration of the folded screen; the folded screen is the first screen and the second screen, the screen that the user turns when the user performs the folding operation; the corresponding function is executed according to the original parameters obtained in real time; where the angles are different, The degree of performing the corresponding function is different; the degree of performing the corresponding function is different with the size of the folding speed; the degree of performing the corresponding function is different with the folding direction; or the degree of performing the corresponding function is different with the size of the folding acceleration.
结合第二方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,折叠屏为铰链Hinge设备;根据实时获得的原参数执行对应功能,包括:根据原参数生成铰链折叠Hinge-Rotation事件,铰链折叠事件用于封装获得的原参数;铰链折叠事件包括夹角事件,夹角事件封装有夹角;根据铰链折叠事件生成事件监视器,事件监视器用于对铰链折叠事件进行监控;事件监视器包括铰链夹角监视器,铰链夹角监视器用于对夹角事件封装的夹角进行监视;根据事件监视器对铰链折叠事件的监控结果执行对应功能。In combination with the second aspect, in a possible implementation, the folding screen is a hinge Hinge device; the corresponding function is executed according to the original parameters obtained in real time, including: generating hinge folding Hinge-Rotation events according to the original parameters, and hinge folding events for packaging Obtained original parameters; hinge folding events include included angle events, which are encapsulated with included angles; generate event monitors based on hinge folding events, which are used to monitor hinge folding events; event monitors include hinge included angle monitors , The hinge included angle monitor is used to monitor the included angle of the included angle event package; according to the event monitor, the corresponding function is performed on the monitoring result of the hinge folding event.
结合第二方面或上述可能的实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,铰链折叠事件还包括以下事件类型中的至少一种:速度事件,方向事件,加速度事件,状态事件和反弹事件;其中,速度事件封装有折叠速度,方向事件封装有折叠方向,加速度事件封装有折叠加速度,状态事件封装有根据夹角获得的折叠屏的折叠状态,折叠状态为展开状态,闭合状态或半展开状态,反弹事件封装有反弹标识,反弹标识用于指示折叠屏是否被折叠后又返回。In combination with the second aspect or the foregoing possible implementation manners, in another possible implementation manner, the hinge folding event further includes at least one of the following event types: speed event, direction event, acceleration event, state event and rebound event; Among them, the speed event encapsulates the folding speed, the direction event encapsulates the folding direction, the acceleration event encapsulates the folding acceleration, and the state event encapsulates the folding state of the folding screen obtained according to the angle. The folding state is the expanded state, the closed state or the half-expanded state. , The rebound event is encapsulated with a rebound mark, which is used to indicate whether the folding screen is folded and then returned.
结合第二方面或上述可能的实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,事件监视器还包括以下监视器中的至少一种:铰链方向监视器,铰链状态监视器,铰链运动监视 器,第一铰链反弹监视器,第二铰链反弹监视器,第三铰链反弹监视器,铰链反弹滑动监视器;其中,铰链方向监视器用于对方向事件封装的折叠方向进行监视;铰链状态监视器用于对夹角事件封装的夹角,速度事件封装的折叠速度,及加速度事件封装的折叠加速度中的一个或多个进行监控,以获得布尔值,布尔值用于表示铰链设备是否在转动;铰链运动监视器用于对夹角事件封装的夹角,速度事件封装的折叠速度,方向事件封装的折叠方向,及加速度事件封装的折叠加速度进行监视;第一铰链反弹监视器用于对方向事件封装的折叠方向和夹角事件封装的夹角进行监视;第二铰链反弹监视器用于对方向事件封装的折叠方向进行监视;第三铰链反弹监视器用于对夹角事件封装的夹角进行监视;铰链反弹滑动监视器用于对方向事件封装的折叠方向进行监视,以获得与折叠方向对应的目标事件,目标事件包括:预定义的折叠操作事件或预定义的系统事件。With reference to the second aspect or the foregoing possible implementation manners, in another possible implementation manner, the event monitor further includes at least one of the following monitors: a hinge direction monitor, a hinge state monitor, a hinge motion monitor, The first hinge rebound monitor, the second hinge rebound monitor, the third hinge rebound monitor, the hinge rebound slide monitor; among them, the hinge direction monitor is used to monitor the folding direction of the direction event package; the hinge state monitor is used to monitor One or more of the included angle encapsulated by the angle event, the folding speed encapsulated by the velocity event, and the folding acceleration encapsulated by the acceleration event are monitored to obtain a Boolean value, which is used to indicate whether the hinge device is rotating; hinge motion monitoring The monitor is used to monitor the angle of the angle event package, the folding speed of the speed event package, the folding direction of the direction event package, and the folding acceleration of the acceleration event package; the first hinge rebound monitor is used to monitor the folding direction and the folding direction of the direction event package. The included angle of the included angle event package is monitored; the second hinge rebound monitor is used to monitor the folding direction of the directional event package; the third hinge rebound monitor is used to monitor the included angle of the included angle event package; the hinge rebound slide monitor is used To monitor the folding direction encapsulated by the direction event to obtain the target event corresponding to the folding direction, the target event includes: a predefined folding operation event or a predefined system event.
结合第二方面或上述可能的实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,根据事件监视器对铰链折叠事件的监控结果执行对应功能,包括:根据铰链夹角监视器对夹角事件封装的夹角的监视结果,调整折叠屏的亮度;其中,如果在执行折叠操作前,折叠屏的折叠状态为闭合状态,且折叠屏处于黑屏状态,则监视到的夹角越大,折叠屏的亮度越大;如果在执行折叠操作前,折叠屏的折叠状态为展开状态,且折叠屏处于亮屏状态,则监视到的夹角越小,折叠屏的亮度越小。In combination with the second aspect or the foregoing possible implementation manners, in another possible implementation manner, executing corresponding functions according to the monitoring result of the hinge folding event by the event monitor includes: encapsulating the included angle event by the hinge included angle monitor The monitoring result of the included angle, adjust the brightness of the folding screen; among them, if the folding state of the folding screen is closed and the folding screen is in the black state before performing the folding operation, the larger the monitored included angle, the brightness of the folding screen The larger is; if the folding state of the folding screen is the unfolded state before the folding operation is performed, and the folding screen is in the bright screen state, the smaller the monitored angle, the smaller the brightness of the folding screen.
结合第二方面或上述可能的实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,根据事件监视器对铰链折叠事件的监控结果执行对应功能,包括:根据铰链夹角监视器对夹角事件封装的夹角的监视结果,调整电子设备相机的变焦倍率,相机的变焦倍率的取值范围为[第一倍率,第二倍率];其中,如果在执行折叠操作前,折叠屏的折叠状态为闭合状态,且相机的变焦倍率为第二倍率,则监视到的夹角越大,相机的变焦倍率越小;如果在执行折叠操作前,折叠屏的折叠状态为闭合状态,且相机的变焦倍率为第一倍率,则监视到的夹角越大,相机的变焦倍率越大;如果在执行折叠操作前,折叠屏的折叠状态为展开状态,且相机的变焦倍率为第二倍率,则监视到的夹角越小,相机的变焦倍率越小;如果在执行折叠操作前,折叠屏的折叠状态为展开状态,且相机的变焦倍率为第一倍率,则监视到的夹角越小,相机的变焦倍率越大;如果在执行折叠操作前,折叠屏的折叠状态为半折叠状态,且相机的变焦倍率为第二倍率,则在夹角小于90°时,监视到的夹角越大,相机的变焦倍率越小,在夹角大于90°时,监视到的夹角越小,相机的变焦倍率越小;如果在执行折叠操作前,折叠屏的折叠状态为半折叠状态,且相机的变焦倍率为第三值,第三值大于第一倍率,且小于第二倍率,则在夹角大于90°,且第三值与第一倍率之差小于第二倍率与第三值之差时,监视到的夹角越大,相机的变焦倍率越小,监视到的夹角越小,相机的变焦倍率越大;在夹角大于90°,且第三值与第一倍率之差大于第二倍率与第三值之差时,监视到的夹角越大,相机的变焦倍率越大,监视到的夹角越小,相机的变焦倍率越小;在夹角小于90°,且第三值与第一倍率之差小于第二倍率与第三值之差时,监视到的夹角越大,相机的变焦倍率越大,监视到的夹角越小,相机的变焦倍率越小;在夹角小于90°,且第三值与第一倍率之差大于第二倍率与第三值之差时,监视到的夹角越大,相机的变焦倍率越小,监视到的夹角越小,相机的变焦倍率越大。In combination with the second aspect or the foregoing possible implementation manners, in another possible implementation manner, executing corresponding functions according to the monitoring result of the hinge folding event by the event monitor includes: encapsulating the included angle event by the hinge included angle monitor The monitoring result of the included angle, adjust the zoom magnification of the electronic device camera, the value range of the camera zoom magnification is [first magnification, second magnification]; among them, if the folding state of the folding screen is closed before the folding operation is performed , And the camera’s zoom magnification is the second magnification, the larger the monitored included angle, the smaller the camera’s zoom magnification; if the folding screen is closed before the folding operation is performed, and the camera’s zoom magnification is the second One magnification, the larger the monitored angle, the greater the camera’s zoom magnification; if the folding state of the folding screen is unfolded before the folding operation is performed, and the camera’s zoom magnification is the second magnification, the monitored folder The smaller the angle, the smaller the zoom magnification of the camera; if the folding state of the folding screen is unfolded before the folding operation, and the zoom magnification of the camera is the first magnification, the smaller the monitored angle is, the zoom magnification of the camera If the folding state of the folding screen is half-folded before the folding operation is performed, and the zoom magnification of the camera is the second magnification, when the included angle is less than 90°, the larger the monitored included angle, the camera will zoom The smaller the magnification, when the included angle is greater than 90°, the smaller the monitored included angle is, the smaller the zoom magnification of the camera will be; if the folding state of the folding screen is half-folded, and the zoom magnification of the camera is The third value, the third value is greater than the first magnification and less than the second magnification, when the included angle is greater than 90°, and the difference between the third value and the first magnification is less than the difference between the second magnification and the third value, monitor The larger the included angle, the smaller the camera’s zoom magnification, the smaller the monitored included angle, the greater the camera’s zoom magnification; when the included angle is greater than 90°, and the difference between the third value and the first magnification is greater than the second magnification and For the difference between the third value, the larger the monitored angle, the greater the camera’s zoom ratio, and the smaller the monitored angle, the smaller the camera’s zoom ratio; when the angle is less than 90°, and the third value and the first When the difference between one magnification is less than the difference between the second and third values, the larger the monitored angle, the larger the camera’s zoom magnification, and the smaller the monitored angle, the smaller the camera’s zoom magnification; 90°, and the difference between the third value and the first magnification is greater than the difference between the second magnification and the third value, the larger the monitored angle, the smaller the camera’s zoom magnification, and the smaller the monitored angle, the camera’s The greater the zoom magnification.
结合第二方面或上述可能的实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,根据事件监视器对铰链折叠事件的监控结果执行对应功能,包括:根据铰链夹角监视器对夹角事件封装的夹角的监视结果,调整视频的播放速率,播放速率的取值范围为[第一速率,第二速率];其中,如果在执行折叠操作前,折叠屏的折叠状态为闭合状态或半展开状态,且视频的播放速率为第三速率,第三速率大于第一速率,且小于第二速率,为视频的正常播放速率,则在夹角在0°至45°的范围内时,监视到的夹角越大,播放速率越大,在夹角在45°至135°的范围内时,监视到的夹角越大,播放速率越小,在夹角在135°至180°的范围内时,监视到的夹角越大,播放速率越大;如果在执行折叠操作前,折叠屏的折叠状态为展开状态,且视频的播放速率为第三速率,则在夹角在180°至135°的范围内时,监视到的夹角越小,播放速率越小,在夹角在135°至45°的范围内时,监视到的夹角越小,播放速率越大,在夹角在45°至0°的范围内时,监视到的夹角越小,播放速率越小。In combination with the second aspect or the foregoing possible implementation manners, in another possible implementation manner, executing corresponding functions according to the monitoring result of the hinge folding event by the event monitor includes: encapsulating the included angle event by the hinge included angle monitor The monitoring result of the included angle, adjust the playback rate of the video, the value range of the playback rate is [first rate, second rate]; among them, if the folding state of the folding screen is closed or half-expanded before performing the folding operation , And the video playback rate is the third rate. The third rate is greater than the first rate and less than the second rate, which is the normal playback rate of the video. When the angle is within the range of 0° to 45°, the monitored The larger the angle, the greater the playback rate. When the included angle is in the range of 45° to 135°, the larger the monitored angle is, the lower the playback rate. When the included angle is in the range of 135° to 180° , The larger the monitored angle, the greater the playback rate; if the folding state of the folding screen is expanded before the folding operation is performed, and the video playback rate is the third rate, the included angle is between 180° and 135° When the included angle is within the range, the smaller the monitored angle, the lower the playback rate. When the included angle is within the range of 135° to 45°, the smaller the monitored angle is, the greater the playback rate is. In the range of ° to 0 °, the smaller the monitored angle, the lower the playback rate.
结合第二方面或上述可能的实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,根据事件监视器对铰链折叠事件的监控结果执行对应功能,包括:电子设备的应用根据第一铰链反弹监视器,第二铰链反弹监视器或第三铰链反弹监视器对对应事件中封装的参数的监视结果,执行对应功能;或,根据第一铰链反弹监视器,第二铰链反弹监视器或第三铰链反弹监视器对对应事件中封装的参数的监视结果,确定对应的目标事件,电子设备的应用执行目标事件对应的功能。In combination with the second aspect or the foregoing possible implementation manners, in another possible implementation manner, executing the corresponding function according to the monitoring result of the hinge folding event by the event monitor includes: the application of the electronic device according to the first hinge rebound monitor, The second hinge rebound monitor or the third hinge rebound monitor performs the corresponding function according to the monitoring results of the parameters encapsulated in the corresponding event; or, according to the first hinge rebound monitor, the second hinge rebound monitor or the third hinge rebound monitor The monitor determines the corresponding target event based on the monitoring result of the parameters encapsulated in the corresponding event, and the application of the electronic device executes the function corresponding to the target event.
结合第二方面或上述可能的实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,根据事件监视器对铰链折叠事件的监控结果执行对应功能,包括:电子设备的应用根据铰链反弹滑动监视器对方向事件中封装的折叠方向进行监视获得的目标事件,执行对应的功能。In combination with the second aspect or the foregoing possible implementation manners, in another possible implementation manner, the corresponding function is executed according to the monitoring result of the hinge folding event by the event monitor, including: the application of the electronic device slides the monitor to the direction according to the hinge rebound The fold direction encapsulated in the event is monitored to obtain the target event, and the corresponding function is executed.
第三方面,提供一种计算机存储介质,该计算机存储介质可以包括计算机指令,当该计算机指令在电子设备上运行时,使得电子设备执行如第一方面或第一方面的可能的实现方式中任一所述的具有折叠屏的电子设备的控制方法。In a third aspect, a computer storage medium is provided. The computer storage medium may include computer instructions. When the computer instructions run on an electronic device, the electronic device executes any of the first aspect or the possible implementation manners of the first aspect. 1. The control method of an electronic device with a folding screen.
第四方面,提供一种计算机程序产品,当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如第一方面或第一方面的可能的实现方式中任一所述的具有折叠屏的电子设备的控制方法。In a fourth aspect, a computer program product is provided. When the computer program product runs on a computer, the computer executes the electronic device with a folding screen as described in the first aspect or any of the possible implementations of the first aspect Control method.
第五方面,本申请实施例提供一种装置,该装置具有实现上述第一方面的方法中电子设备行为的功能。功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块,例如,确定单元或模块,执行单元或模块。In a fifth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a device that has a function of implementing the behavior of an electronic device in the method of the first aspect. The function can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions, for example, a determination unit or module, and an execution unit or module.
应当理解的是,本申请中对技术特征、技术方案、有益效果或类似语言的描述并不是暗示在任意的单个实施例中可以实现所有的特点和优点。相反,可以理解的是对于特征或有益效果的描述意味着在至少一个实施例中包括特定的技术特征、技术方案或有益效果。因此,本说明书中对于技术特征、技术方案或有益效果的描述并不一定是指相同的实施例。进而,还可以任何适当的方式组合本实施例中所描述的技术特征、技术方案和有益效果。本领域技术人员将会理解,无需特定实施例的一个或多个特定的技术特征、技术方案或有益效果即可实现实施例。在其他实施例中,还可在没有体现所有实施例的特定实施例中识别出额外的技术特征和有益效果。It should be understood that the description of technical features, technical solutions, beneficial effects or similar language in this application does not imply that all the features and advantages can be realized in any single embodiment. On the contrary, it can be understood that the description of the features or beneficial effects means that a specific technical feature, technical solution or beneficial effect is included in at least one embodiment. Therefore, the descriptions of technical features, technical solutions, or beneficial effects in this specification do not necessarily refer to the same embodiment. Furthermore, the technical features, technical solutions, and beneficial effects described in this embodiment can also be combined in any appropriate manner. Those skilled in the art will understand that the embodiments can be implemented without one or more specific technical features, technical solutions, or beneficial effects of the specific embodiments. In other embodiments, additional technical features and beneficial effects may also be identified in specific embodiments that do not reflect all the embodiments.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种柔性折叠屏电子设备的形态示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a form of a flexible folding screen electronic device provided by an embodiment of the application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的另一种柔性折叠屏电子设备的形态示意图;2 is a schematic diagram of another form of a flexible folding screen electronic device provided by an embodiment of the application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的一种多屏折叠屏电子设备的形态示意图;3 is a schematic diagram of a form of a multi-screen folding screen electronic device provided by an embodiment of the application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的又一种柔性折叠屏电子设备的形态示意图;4 is a schematic diagram of another electronic device with a flexible folding screen provided by an embodiment of the application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的又一种柔性折叠屏电子设备的形态示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of another form of a flexible folding screen electronic device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备的结构示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的一种折叠屏电子设备的侧视图;FIG. 7 is a side view of a folding screen electronic device provided by an embodiment of the application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的一种地理坐标系的示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a geographic coordinate system provided by an embodiment of this application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的一种具有折叠屏的电子设备的具有折叠屏的电子设备的控制方法的流程示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of a method for controlling an electronic device with a folding screen of an electronic device with a folding screen according to an embodiment of the application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备的逻辑组成示意图;10 is a schematic diagram of the logical composition of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的一种输入设备的逻辑组成示意图;11 is a schematic diagram of the logical composition of an input device provided by an embodiment of the application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备进行亮度调节的方法示意图;12 is a schematic diagram of a method for adjusting brightness of an electronic device according to an embodiment of the application;
图13为本申请实施例提供的一种亮度调节与参数的对应示意图;FIG. 13 is a corresponding schematic diagram of brightness adjustment and parameters provided by an embodiment of this application;
图14为本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备进行焦距调节的方法示意图;FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a method for adjusting focus of an electronic device according to an embodiment of the application;
图15为本申请实施例提供的一种焦距调节与参数的对应示意图;15 is a corresponding schematic diagram of a focal length adjustment and parameters provided by an embodiment of the application;
图16为本申请实施例提供的另一种电子设备进行焦距调节的方法示意图;FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of another method for adjusting focus of an electronic device according to an embodiment of the application;
图17为本申请实施例提供的又一种电子设备进行焦距调节的方法示意图;FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of another method for adjusting the focus of an electronic device according to an embodiment of the application;
图18为本申请实施例提供的一种视频播放速率与折叠屏夹角的对应关系示意图;FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of the corresponding relationship between a video playback rate and a folding screen angle provided by an embodiment of the application;
图19为本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备控制图片浏览的方法示意图;19 is a schematic diagram of a method for controlling picture browsing by an electronic device according to an embodiment of the application;
图20为本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备的组成示意图。FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of the composition of an electronic device provided by an embodiment of the application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
本申请实施例提供一种控制方法,该方法可以应用于包括折叠屏的电子设备。该折叠屏(也可以称为折叠设备)可折叠形成至少两个屏。例如,折叠屏可折叠形成第一屏和第二屏。需要说明的是,该折叠屏被折叠后形成的至少两个屏,可以为独立存在的多个屏,也可以为一体结构的一个完整屏,只是被折叠形成了至少两部分。The embodiment of the present application provides a control method, which can be applied to an electronic device including a folding screen. The folding screen (also called a folding device) can be folded to form at least two screens. For example, the folding screen can be folded to form a first screen and a second screen. It should be noted that the at least two screens formed after the folding screen is folded may be multiple independent screens or a complete screen in an integrated structure, but at least two parts are formed by folding.
其中,折叠屏被折叠的过程中,折叠屏的参数会发生变化,如第一屏和第二屏之间的夹角发生变化,被折叠屏的折叠速度,折叠方向,折叠加速度等也会发生变化。其中,上述被折叠屏可为第一屏和第二屏中,用户执行折叠操作时转动的屏。本申请一些实施例中,电子设备可根据折叠屏折叠过程中参数的变化(如上述夹角、折叠方向、折叠速度、折叠加速度等),进行对应渐变效果的调节。例如,在折叠屏被折叠的过程中,随着第一屏与第二屏之间的夹角变大,折叠屏亮度随之变亮,或随着第一屏与第二屏之间的夹角变小,折叠屏亮度随之变暗;又例如,在拍摄场景下,在折叠屏被折叠的过程中,随着第一屏与第二屏之间的夹角的变化,相机的变焦倍率,或者说焦距随之变化;再例如,在视频播放场景下,在折叠屏被折叠的过程中,随着第一屏与第二屏之间的夹角的变化,视频播放速率随之变化等。在本申请另一些实施例中,电子设备还可根据折叠屏折叠过程中参数的变化,执行对应的功能。如,在阅读场景下,折叠屏被折叠一定角度后又被反向折叠,阅读界面中的页面进行翻页。Among them, when the folding screen is folded, the parameters of the folding screen will change, such as the angle between the first screen and the second screen, the folding speed, folding direction, and folding acceleration of the folded screen will also occur. Variety. Wherein, the above-mentioned folded screen may be a screen that is rotated when the user performs a folding operation in the first screen and the second screen. In some embodiments of the present application, the electronic device can adjust the corresponding gradual effect according to the changes of the parameters during the folding process of the folding screen (such as the aforementioned included angle, folding direction, folding speed, folding acceleration, etc.). For example, in the process of folding the folding screen, as the angle between the first screen and the second screen becomes larger, the brightness of the folding screen becomes brighter, or as the angle between the first screen and the second screen becomes brighter. When the angle becomes smaller, the brightness of the folding screen becomes darker. For example, in the shooting scene, when the folding screen is folded, as the angle between the first screen and the second screen changes, the zoom ratio of the camera , Or the focal length changes accordingly; for another example, in a video playback scene, when the folding screen is folded, as the angle between the first screen and the second screen changes, the video playback rate changes accordingly, etc. . In some other embodiments of the present application, the electronic device may also perform corresponding functions according to changes in parameters during the folding process of the folding screen. For example, in a reading scene, the folding screen is folded at a certain angle and then reversed, and the pages in the reading interface are turned.
综上所述,本申请实施例中,可将折叠屏折叠过程中形成的第一屏与第二屏之间的夹角、被折叠屏的折叠速度、折叠加速度以及折叠方向等参数的变化,与电子设备的渐变效果的调节对应起来,使得电子设备的能够根据上述参数的变化对渐变效果进行动态调整,实现了对电子设备渐变效果的精准控制,且不会遮挡可视界面,不容易出现误操作的情况。In summary, in the embodiments of the present application, the angle between the first screen and the second screen formed during the folding process of the folding screen, the folding speed of the folded screen, the folding acceleration, and the folding direction can be changed. Corresponding to the adjustment of the gradation effect of the electronic device, the electronic device can dynamically adjust the gradation effect according to the changes of the above parameters, which realizes the precise control of the gradation effect of the electronic device, and does not block the visual interface and is not easy to appear Misoperation.
示例性的,在本申请一些实施例中,折叠屏可以为柔性折叠屏。其中,柔性折叠屏包括采用柔性材质制作的折叠边。该柔性折叠屏的部分或全部采用柔性材质制作。例如:该柔性折叠屏中只有可折叠的部分(如折叠边)采用柔性材质制作,其它部分采用刚性材质制作;或者,该柔性折叠屏全部采用柔性材质制作。该折叠屏可沿折叠边折叠形成多个(两个或两个以上)屏。Exemplarily, in some embodiments of the present application, the folding screen may be a flexible folding screen. Among them, the flexible folding screen includes folding edges made of flexible materials. Part or all of the flexible folding screen is made of flexible materials. For example, only the foldable part of the flexible folding screen (such as folding edges) is made of flexible materials, and the other parts are made of rigid materials; or, the flexible folding screen is all made of flexible materials. The folding screen can be folded along the folding edge to form multiple (two or more) screens.
例如,图1中的(a)所示的折叠屏是柔性折叠屏。图1中的(a)所示的折叠屏是一个完整的显示屏,该显示屏包括采用柔性材质制作的折叠边。该折叠屏沿折叠边折叠后,可形成图1中的(b)所示的A屏101和B屏102。For example, the folding screen shown in (a) in FIG. 1 is a flexible folding screen. The folding screen shown in (a) in Figure 1 is a complete display screen, which includes folding edges made of flexible materials. After the folding screen is folded along the folding edges, the A screen 101 and the B screen 102 shown in (b) of FIG. 1 can be formed.
又例如,图2中的(a)所示的折叠屏也是柔性折叠屏。图2中的(a)所示的折叠屏是一个完整的显示屏,该显示屏包括采用柔性材质制作的折叠边。该折叠屏沿折叠边折叠后,可形成图2中的(b)所示的A屏201、B屏202和C屏203。For another example, the folding screen shown in (a) in FIG. 2 is also a flexible folding screen. The folding screen shown in Fig. 2(a) is a complete display screen, and the display screen includes folding edges made of flexible materials. After the folding screen is folded along the folding edges, the A screen 201, the B screen 202, and the C screen 203 shown in (b) of FIG. 2 can be formed.
其中,图1中的(a)和图2中的(a)均是折叠屏展开(也可以说,折叠屏处于展开状态)时的形态示意图。图1中的(b)和图2中的(b)均是折叠屏处于半折叠状态的形态示意图。图1中的(c)是折叠屏处于闭合状态的形态示意图。需要说明的是,本申请各实施例中,折叠屏的状态包括三种:展开状态、闭合状态和半折叠状态。展开状态表示折叠屏展开,即折叠屏中的任意两个屏的夹角为180°。闭合状态表示折叠屏完全折叠,即折叠屏中的任意两个屏的夹角为0°。介于展开状态和闭合状态之间的状态,为半折叠状态。Wherein, (a) in FIG. 1 and (a) in FIG. 2 are both schematic diagrams of the form when the folding screen is unfolded (in other words, the folding screen is in an unfolded state). Both (b) in FIG. 1 and (b) in FIG. 2 are schematic diagrams of the folding screen in a half-folded state. (C) in FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of the folding screen in a closed state. It should be noted that, in each embodiment of the present application, there are three states of the folding screen: an expanded state, a closed state, and a half-folded state. The unfolded state indicates that the folding screen is unfolded, that is, the angle between any two screens in the folding screen is 180°. The closed state means that the folding screen is completely folded, that is, the angle between any two screens in the folding screen is 0°. The state between the expanded state and the closed state is a half-folded state.
在本申请另一些实施例中,折叠屏可以为多屏折叠屏。该多屏折叠屏可包括多个(两个或两个以上)屏。需要注意的是,这多个屏是多个单独的显示屏。这多个屏可依次通过折叠轴连接。每个屏可以绕与其连接的折叠轴转动,实现多屏折叠屏的折叠。In other embodiments of the present application, the folding screen may be a multi-screen folding screen. The multi-screen folding screen may include multiple (two or more) screens. It should be noted that these multiple screens are multiple separate display screens. These multiple screens can be connected by folding shafts in sequence. Each screen can be rotated around a folding axis connected to it to realize the folding of multi-screen folding screens.
如图3中的(a)所示,多屏折叠屏包括两个单独的屏,分别称为A屏301和B屏302。A屏301和B屏302通过折叠轴连接,且A屏301和B屏302可绕着折叠轴转动,实现多屏折叠屏的折叠。其中,图3中的(a)是多屏折叠屏处于展开状态的形态示意图。图3中的(b)是多屏折叠屏处于半折叠状态的形态示意图。图3中的(c)是多屏折叠屏处于闭合状态的形态示意图。多屏折叠屏也可以包括三个或三个以上的屏,其具体形态及折叠方式可参考图3及相关描述,此处不再赘述。As shown in (a) in FIG. 3, the multi-screen folding screen includes two separate screens, called A screen 301 and B screen 302, respectively. The A screen 301 and the B screen 302 are connected by a folding shaft, and the A screen 301 and the B screen 302 can be rotated around the folding shaft to realize the folding of the multi-screen folding screen. Among them, (a) in FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of the shape of the multi-screen folding screen in an unfolded state. (B) in FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of the multi-screen folding screen in a half-folded state. (C) in FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of the shape of the multi-screen folding screen in a closed state. The multi-screen folding screen may also include three or more than three screens. For the specific form and folding method, refer to FIG. 3 and related descriptions, which will not be repeated here.
其中,折叠屏处于闭合状态下,相邻屏之间的夹角为0°。例如,图1中的(c)所示的A屏和B屏之间的夹角α为0°。折叠屏处于展开状态下,相邻屏之间的夹角为180°。例如,图1中的(a)所示的A屏101和B屏102之间的夹角α为180°。折叠屏处于半折叠状态下,相邻屏之间的夹角的取值范围可以是(0°,180°)。例如,图1中的(b)所示的A屏101和B屏102之间的夹角α∈(0°,180°)。Among them, when the folding screen is in a closed state, the angle between adjacent screens is 0°. For example, the angle α between the A screen and the B screen shown in (c) in FIG. 1 is 0°. When the folding screen is in the unfolded state, the angle between adjacent screens is 180°. For example, the angle α between the A screen 101 and the B screen 102 shown in (a) in FIG. 1 is 180°. When the folding screen is in a half-folded state, the value range of the included angle between adjacent screens may be (0°, 180°). For example, the angle α ∈ (0°, 180°) between the A screen 101 and the B screen 102 shown in (b) of FIG. 1.
上述图1-图3中是将电子设备的折叠屏纵向折叠,实现折叠屏的折叠的。当然,也可以将电子设备的折叠屏横向折叠,以实现折叠屏的折叠。例如,图4中的(a)所 示的折叠屏沿折叠边折叠后,在折叠的过程中,可依次形成图4中的(b)、图4中的(c)和图4中的(d)所示的A屏和B屏。In the above figures 1 to 3, the folding screen of the electronic device is folded longitudinally to realize the folding of the folding screen. Of course, the folding screen of the electronic device can also be folded horizontally to realize the folding of the folding screen. For example, after the folding screen shown in Figure 4 (a) is folded along the folding edge, during the folding process, it can form Figure 4 (b), Figure 4 (c) and Figure 4 ( d) A screen and B screen as shown.
另外,上述图1-图4中是折叠屏的相邻屏之间的夹角的取值范围是[0°,180°]的示意图。当然,折叠屏的相邻屏之间的夹角的取值范围还可以包括(180°,360°]。例如,以图1所示的折叠屏为例,图1中的(a)所示的折叠屏沿折叠边折叠,可形成图5中的(a)和(b)所示的A屏101和B屏102。如图5中的(a)所示的A屏101和B屏102之间的夹角β为360°。如图5中的(b)所示的A屏101和B屏102之间的夹角β的取值范围是(180°,360°)。需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,折叠屏中的任意两个屏的夹角为360°时,也可以认为折叠屏处于闭合状态。In addition, the foregoing FIGS. 1 to 4 are schematic diagrams of the angle between adjacent screens of the folding screen in the range of [0°, 180°]. Of course, the value range of the angle between adjacent screens of the folding screen can also include (180°, 360°). For example, taking the folding screen shown in Figure 1 as an example, as shown in Figure 1 (a) The folding screen is folded along the folding edge to form A screen 101 and B screen 102 shown in Figure 5 (a) and (b). A screen 101 and B screen 102 as shown in Figure 5 (a) The angle β between them is 360°. The value range of the angle β between the A screen 101 and the B screen 102 as shown in Figure 5 (b) is (180°, 360°). It needs to be explained Yes, in the embodiment of the present application, when the included angle of any two screens in the folding screen is 360°, it can also be considered that the folding screen is in a closed state.
本申请实施例所提供的方法可以应用于折叠屏处于展开状态、半折叠状态或闭合状态任意一种的情况下。也就是说,无论折叠屏处于展开状态、半折叠状态还是闭合状态下时,如果用户操作折叠屏,使得折叠屏的参数发生变化,电子设备就可根据折叠屏的参数的变化,执行调整折叠屏亮度、调整相机焦距或者调整视频播放速率等渐变效果。The method provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to a situation where the folding screen is in any of the unfolded state, the half-folded state or the closed state. In other words, no matter when the folding screen is in the unfolded state, half-folded state or closed state, if the user manipulates the folding screen and causes the parameters of the folding screen to change, the electronic device can adjust the folding screen according to the changes in the parameters of the folding screen. Gradient effects such as brightness, adjusting camera focus, or adjusting video playback rate.
示例性的,本申请实施例中的电子设备可以是手机、平板电脑、桌面型、膝上型、手持计算机、笔记本电脑、超级移动个人计算机(ultra-mobile personal computer,UMPC)、上网本,以及蜂窝电话、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)\虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备等包括折叠屏的设备,本申请实施例对该设备的具体形态不作特殊限制。Exemplarily, the electronic devices in the embodiments of the present application may be mobile phones, tablet computers, desktops, laptops, handheld computers, notebook computers, ultra-mobile personal computers (UMPC), netbooks, and cellular computers. Telephones, personal digital assistants (PDAs), augmented reality (AR)\virtual reality (VR) devices and other devices including folding screens, the specific form of the device is not special in the embodiments of this application limit.
下面将结合附图对本申请实施例的实施方式进行详细描述。The implementation of the embodiments of the present application will be described in detail below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.
请参考图6,为本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备100的结构示意图。如图6所示,电子设备100可以包括处理器610,外部存储器接口620,内部存储器621,通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口630,充电管理模块640,电源管理模块641,电池642,天线1,天线2,移动通信模块650,无线通信模块660,音频模块670,扬声器670A,受话器670B,麦克风670C,耳机接口670D,传感器模块680,按键690,马达691,指示器692,摄像头693,显示屏694,以及用户标识模块(subscriber identification module,SIM)卡接口695等。其中,传感器模块680可以包括压力传感器,陀螺仪传感器,气压传感器,红外传感器,磁传感器,加速度传感器,距离传感器,接近光传感器,指纹传感器,温度传感器,触摸传感器,环境光传感器,骨传导传感器等。Please refer to FIG. 6, which is a schematic structural diagram of an electronic device 100 provided by an embodiment of this application. As shown in FIG. 6, the electronic device 100 may include a processor 610, an external memory interface 620, an internal memory 621, a universal serial bus (USB) interface 630, a charging management module 640, a power management module 641, and a battery 642 , Antenna 1, antenna 2, mobile communication module 650, wireless communication module 660, audio module 670, speaker 670A, receiver 670B, microphone 670C, earphone interface 670D, sensor module 680, buttons 690, motor 691, indicator 692, camera 693 , The display screen 694, and the subscriber identification module (SIM) card interface 695, etc. Among them, the sensor module 680 may include a pressure sensor, a gyroscope sensor, an air pressure sensor, an infrared sensor, a magnetic sensor, an acceleration sensor, a distance sensor, a proximity light sensor, a fingerprint sensor, a temperature sensor, a touch sensor, an ambient light sensor, a bone conduction sensor, etc. .
可以理解的是,本实施例示意的结构并不构成对电子设备100的具体限定。在另一些实施例中,电子设备100可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者拆分某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。图示的部件可以以硬件,软件或软件和硬件的组合实现。It can be understood that the structure illustrated in this embodiment does not constitute a specific limitation on the electronic device 100. In other embodiments, the electronic device 100 may include more or fewer components than shown, or combine certain components, or split certain components, or arrange different components. The illustrated components can be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
处理器610可以包括一个或多个处理单元,例如:处理器610可以包括应用处理器(application processor,AP),调制解调处理器,图形处理器(graphics processing unit,GPU),图像信号处理器(image signal processor,ISP),控制器,存储器,视频编解码器,数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP),基带处理器,和/或神经网络处理器(neural-network processing unit,NPU)等。其中,不同的处理单元可以是独 立的器件,也可以集成在一个或多个处理器中。The processor 610 may include one or more processing units. For example, the processor 610 may include an application processor (AP), a modem processor, a graphics processing unit (GPU), and an image signal processor. (image signal processor, ISP), controller, memory, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural-network processing unit (NPU) Wait. Among them, different processing units can be independent devices or integrated in one or more processors.
控制器可以是电子设备100的神经中枢和指挥中心。控制器可以根据指令操作码和时序信号,产生操作控制信号,完成取指令和执行指令的控制。The controller may be the nerve center and command center of the electronic device 100. The controller can generate operation control signals according to the instruction operation code and timing signals to complete the control of fetching and executing instructions.
处理器610中还可以设置存储器,用于存储指令和参数。在一些实施例中,处理器610中的存储器为高速缓冲存储器。该存储器可以保存处理器610刚用过或循环使用的指令或参数。如果处理器610需要再次使用该指令或参数,可从所述存储器中直接调用。避免了重复存取,减少了处理器610的等待时间,因而提高了系统的效率。A memory may also be provided in the processor 610 to store instructions and parameters. In some embodiments, the memory in the processor 610 is a cache memory. The memory can store instructions or parameters that the processor 610 has just used or used cyclically. If the processor 610 needs to use the instruction or parameter again, it can be directly called from the memory. Repeated accesses are avoided, the waiting time of the processor 610 is reduced, and the efficiency of the system is improved.
在一些实施例中,处理器610可以包括一个或多个接口。接口可以包括集成电路(inter-integrated circuit,I2C)接口,集成电路内置音频(inter-integrated circuit sound,I2S)接口,脉冲编码调制(pulse code modulation,PCM)接口,通用异步收发传输器(universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter,UART)接口,移动产业处理器接口(mobile industry processor interface,MIPI),通用输入输出(general-purpose input/output,GPIO)接口,用户标识模块(subscriber identity module,SIM)接口,和/或通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口等。In some embodiments, the processor 610 may include one or more interfaces. The interface may include an integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, an integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuit sound, I2S) interface, a pulse code modulation (pulse code modulation, PCM) interface, and a universal asynchronous transmitter (universal asynchronous transmitter) interface. receiver/transmitter, UART) interface, mobile industry processor interface (MIPI), general-purpose input/output (GPIO) interface, subscriber identity module (SIM) interface, and / Or Universal Serial Bus (USB) interface, etc.
可以理解的是,本实施例示意的各模块间的接口连接关系,只是示意性说明,并不构成对电子设备100的结构限定。在另一些实施例中,电子设备100也可以采用上述实施例中不同的接口连接方式,或多种接口连接方式的组合。It can be understood that the interface connection relationship between the modules illustrated in this embodiment is merely a schematic description, and does not constitute a structural limitation of the electronic device 100. In other embodiments, the electronic device 100 may also adopt different interface connection modes in the foregoing embodiments, or a combination of multiple interface connection modes.
充电管理模块640用于从充电器接收充电输入。其中,充电器可以是无线充电器,也可以是有线充电器。在一些有线充电的实施例中,充电管理模块640可以通过USB接口630接收有线充电器的充电输入。在一些无线充电的实施例中,充电管理模块640可以通过电子设备100的无线充电线圈接收无线充电输入。充电管理模块640为电池642充电的同时,还可以通过电源管理模块641为电子设备供电。The charging management module 640 is used to receive charging input from the charger. Among them, the charger can be a wireless charger or a wired charger. In some wired charging embodiments, the charging management module 640 may receive the charging input of the wired charger through the USB interface 630. In some embodiments of wireless charging, the charging management module 640 may receive the wireless charging input through the wireless charging coil of the electronic device 100. While the charging management module 640 charges the battery 642, it can also supply power to the electronic device through the power management module 641.
电源管理模块641用于连接电池642,充电管理模块640与处理器610。电源管理模块641接收电池642和/或充电管理模块640的输入,为处理器610,内部存储器621,外部存储器,显示屏694,摄像头693,和无线通信模块660等供电。电源管理模块641还可以用于监测电池容量,电池循环次数,电池健康状态(漏电,阻抗)等参数。在其他一些实施例中,电源管理模块641也可以设置于处理器610中。在另一些实施例中,电源管理模块641和充电管理模块640也可以设置于同一个器件中。The power management module 641 is used to connect the battery 642, the charging management module 640 and the processor 610. The power management module 641 receives input from the battery 642 and/or the charge management module 640, and supplies power to the processor 610, internal memory 621, external memory, display screen 694, camera 693, and wireless communication module 660. The power management module 641 can also be used to monitor parameters such as battery capacity, battery cycle times, and battery health status (leakage, impedance). In some other embodiments, the power management module 641 may also be provided in the processor 610. In other embodiments, the power management module 641 and the charging management module 640 may also be provided in the same device.
电子设备100的无线通信功能可以通过天线1,天线2,移动通信模块650,无线通信模块660,调制解调处理器以及基带处理器等实现。The wireless communication function of the electronic device 100 can be realized by the antenna 1, the antenna 2, the mobile communication module 650, the wireless communication module 660, the modem processor, and the baseband processor.
天线1和天线2用于发射和接收电磁波信号。电子设备100中的每个天线可用于覆盖单个或多个通信频带。不同的天线还可以复用,以提高天线的利用率。例如:可以将天线1复用为无线局域网的分集天线。在另外一些实施例中,天线可以和调谐开关结合使用。The antenna 1 and the antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals. Each antenna in the electronic device 100 can be used to cover a single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be reused to improve antenna utilization. For example, antenna 1 can be multiplexed as a diversity antenna of a wireless local area network. In other embodiments, the antenna can be used in combination with a tuning switch.
移动通信模块650可以提供应用在电子设备100上的包括2G/3G/4G/5G等无线通信的解决方案。移动通信模块650可以包括至少一个滤波器,开关,功率放大器,低噪声放大器(low noise amplifier,LNA)等。移动通信模块650可以由天线1接收电磁波,并对接收的电磁波进行滤波,放大等处理,传送至调制解调处理器进行解调。移动通信模块650还可以对经调制解调处理器调制后的信号放大,经天线1转为电磁 波辐射出去。在一些实施例中,移动通信模块650的至少部分功能模块可以被设置于处理器610中。在一些实施例中,移动通信模块650的至少部分功能模块可以与处理器610的至少部分模块被设置在同一个器件中。The mobile communication module 650 may provide a wireless communication solution including 2G/3G/4G/5G and the like applied to the electronic device 100. The mobile communication module 650 may include at least one filter, switch, power amplifier, low noise amplifier (LNA), and so on. The mobile communication module 650 can receive electromagnetic waves from the antenna 1, filter and amplify the received electromagnetic waves, and transmit them to the modem processor for demodulation. The mobile communication module 650 can also amplify the signal modulated by the modem processor, and convert it to electromagnetic wave radiation via the antenna 1. In some embodiments, at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 650 may be provided in the processor 610. In some embodiments, at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 650 and at least part of the modules of the processor 610 may be provided in the same device.
调制解调处理器可以包括调制器和解调器。其中,调制器用于将待发送的低频基带信号调制成中高频信号。解调器用于将接收的电磁波信号解调为低频基带信号。随后解调器将解调得到的低频基带信号传送至基带处理器处理。低频基带信号经基带处理器处理后,被传递给应用处理器。应用处理器通过音频设备(不限于扬声器670A,受话器670B等)输出声音信号,或通过显示屏694显示图像或视频。在一些实施例中,调制解调处理器可以是独立的器件。在另一些实施例中,调制解调处理器可以独立于处理器610,与移动通信模块650或其他功能模块设置在同一个器件中。The modem processor may include a modulator and a demodulator. Among them, the modulator is used to modulate the low frequency baseband signal to be sent into a medium and high frequency signal. The demodulator is used to demodulate the received electromagnetic wave signal into a low-frequency baseband signal. Then the demodulator transmits the demodulated low-frequency baseband signal to the baseband processor for processing. The low-frequency baseband signal is processed by the baseband processor and then passed to the application processor. The application processor outputs sound signals through audio equipment (not limited to the speaker 670A, the receiver 670B, etc.), or displays images or videos through the display screen 694. In some embodiments, the modem processor may be an independent device. In other embodiments, the modem processor may be independent of the processor 610 and be provided in the same device as the mobile communication module 650 or other functional modules.
无线通信模块660可以提供应用在电子设备100上的包括无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN)(如无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wi-Fi)网络),蓝牙(bluetooth,BT),全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system,GNSS),调频(frequency modulation,FM),近距离无线通信技术(near field communication,NFC),红外技术(infrared,IR)等无线通信的解决方案。无线通信模块660可以是集成至少一个通信处理模块的一个或多个器件。无线通信模块660经由天线2接收电磁波,将电磁波信号调频以及滤波处理,将处理后的信号发送到处理器610。无线通信模块660还可以从处理器610接收待发送的信号,对其进行调频,放大,经天线2转为电磁波辐射出去。The wireless communication module 660 can provide applications on the electronic device 100 including wireless local area networks (WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) networks), bluetooth (BT), and global navigation satellites. System (global navigation satellite system, GNSS), frequency modulation (frequency modulation, FM), near field communication technology (near field communication, NFC), infrared technology (infrared, IR) and other wireless communication solutions. The wireless communication module 660 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module. The wireless communication module 660 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2, frequency modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 610. The wireless communication module 660 may also receive the signal to be sent from the processor 610, perform frequency modulation, amplify, and convert it into electromagnetic waves to radiate through the antenna 2.
在一些实施例中,电子设备100的天线1和移动通信模块650耦合,天线2和无线通信模块660耦合,使得电子设备100可以通过无线通信技术与网络以及其他设备通信。所述无线通信技术可以包括全球移动通讯系统(global system for mobile communications,GSM),通用分组无线服务(general packet radio service,GPRS),码分多址接入(code division multiple access,CDMA),宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA),时分码分多址(time-division code division multiple access,TD-SCDMA),长期演进(long term evolution,LTE),BT,GNSS,WLAN,NFC,FM,和/或IR技术等。所述GNSS可以包括全球卫星定位系统(global positioning system,GPS),全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system,GLONASS),北斗卫星导航系统(beidou navigation satellite system,BDS),准天顶卫星系统(quasi-zenith satellite system,QZSS)和/或星基增强系统(satellite based augmentation systems,SBAS)。In some embodiments, the antenna 1 of the electronic device 100 is coupled with the mobile communication module 650, and the antenna 2 is coupled with the wireless communication module 660, so that the electronic device 100 can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology. The wireless communication technologies may include global system for mobile communications (GSM), general packet radio service (GPRS), code division multiple access (CDMA), broadband Code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA), time-division code division multiple access (TD-SCDMA), long term evolution (LTE), BT, GNSS, WLAN, NFC , FM, and/or IR technology, etc. The GNSS may include global positioning system (GPS), global navigation satellite system (GLONASS), Beidou navigation satellite system (BDS), quasi-zenith satellite system (quasi -zenith satellite system, QZSS) and/or satellite-based augmentation systems (SBAS).
电子设备100通过GPU,显示屏694,以及应用处理器等实现显示功能。GPU为图像处理的微处理器,连接显示屏694和应用处理器。GPU用于执行数学和几何计算,用于图形渲染。处理器610可包括一个或多个GPU,其执行程序指令以生成或改变显示信息。The electronic device 100 implements a display function through a GPU, a display screen 694, and an application processor. The GPU is a microprocessor for image processing, connected to the display 694 and the application processor. The GPU is used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations for graphics rendering. The processor 610 may include one or more GPUs, which execute program instructions to generate or change display information.
显示屏694用于显示图像,视频等。该显示屏694是上述折叠屏(如柔性折叠屏或多屏折叠屏)。显示屏694包括显示面板。显示面板可以采用液晶显示屏(liquid crystal display,LCD),有机发光二极管(organic light-emitting diode,OLED),有源矩阵有机发光二极体或主动矩阵有机发光二极体(active-matrix organic light emitting diode, AMOLED),柔性发光二极管(flex light-emitting diode,FLED),Miniled,MicroLed,Micro-oLed,量子点发光二极管(quantum dot light emitting diodes,QLED)等。The display screen 694 is used to display images, videos, etc. The display screen 694 is the aforementioned folding screen (such as a flexible folding screen or a multi-screen folding screen). The display screen 694 includes a display panel. The display panel can adopt liquid crystal display (LCD), organic light-emitting diode (OLED), active-matrix organic light-emitting diode or active-matrix organic light-emitting diode (active-matrix organic light-emitting diode). emitting diode, AMOLED, flexible light-emitting diode (FLED), Miniled, MicroLed, Micro-oLed, quantum dot light-emitting diode (QLED), etc.
当用户对显示屏694执行折叠操作时,电子设备能够实时获取用户执行折叠操作的过程中该显示屏694的原参数(raw data)。其中,原参数可以包括:折叠屏被折叠后形成的第一屏与第二屏之间的夹角,被折叠屏的折叠速度,被折叠屏的折叠方向和被折叠屏的折叠加速度。上述被折叠屏为第一屏和第二屏中,用户执行折叠操作时转动的屏。需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,折叠屏折叠形成的第一屏和第二屏之间的夹角也可以称为折叠角变量。When the user performs a folding operation on the display screen 694, the electronic device can obtain the raw data of the display screen 694 in the process of the user performing the folding operation in real time. The original parameters may include: the angle between the first screen and the second screen formed after the folding screen is folded, the folding speed of the folded screen, the folding direction of the folded screen, and the folding acceleration of the folded screen. The above-mentioned folded screen is the first screen and the second screen, which are rotated when the user performs a folding operation. It should be noted that, in the embodiments of the present application, the included angle between the first screen and the second screen formed by folding the folding screen may also be referred to as the folding angle variable.
在本申请的一些实施例中,电子设备100中可以包括实体装置681,该实体装置681可以用于获取显示屏694被折叠过程中的原参数。示例性的,实体装置681可以为一个独立的器件或模块。该实体装置681能够实时监测显示屏694被折叠形成的第一屏和第二屏之间的夹角的变化,被折叠屏的折叠方向、折叠速度、折叠加速度等参数。In some embodiments of the present application, the electronic device 100 may include a physical device 681, and the physical device 681 may be used to obtain original parameters in the process of folding the display screen 694. Exemplarily, the physical device 681 may be an independent device or module. The physical device 681 can monitor the change of the angle between the first screen and the second screen formed by the folding of the display screen 694 in real time, the folding direction of the folded screen, the folding speed, the folding acceleration and other parameters.
在本申请的另一些实施例中,电子设备100中可以通过设置的传感器模块680获取上述原参数。如,电子设备100可以通过陀螺仪传感器,红外传感器,磁传感器,加速度传感器,接近光传感器等,获取显示屏694被折叠过程中的原参数。In some other embodiments of the present application, the above-mentioned original parameters may be acquired through the sensor module 680 provided in the electronic device 100. For example, the electronic device 100 can obtain the original parameters of the display screen 694 during the folding process through a gyroscope sensor, an infrared sensor, a magnetic sensor, an acceleration sensor, a proximity light sensor, etc.
示例性的,电子设备可以通过以下方法获取用户执行折叠操作的过程中显示屏694的原参数。Exemplarily, the electronic device may obtain the original parameters of the display screen 694 when the user performs the folding operation by the following method.
折叠速度和折叠加速度:基于折叠时加速度传感器收集的参数,电子设备100可以通过折叠屏的尺寸对该参数进行换算,以获取用户执行折叠操作的过程中,被折叠屏的折叠速度以及折叠加速度。Folding speed and folding acceleration: Based on the parameters collected by the acceleration sensor during folding, the electronic device 100 can convert the parameters by the size of the folding screen to obtain the folding speed and folding acceleration of the folded screen when the user performs the folding operation.
折叠方向:电子设备100可以通过红外传感器或磁传感器收集相关参数,以判断出用户执行折叠操作的过程中,被折叠屏的折叠方向,如向展开方向折叠或者向闭合方向折叠。或者,电子设备100可以根据加速度传感器运动的方向和/或陀螺仪的折叠方向获取用户执行折叠操作的过程中,被折叠屏的折叠方向。Folding direction: The electronic device 100 can collect relevant parameters through an infrared sensor or a magnetic sensor to determine the folding direction of the folded screen during the user's folding operation, such as folding toward the unfolding direction or folding toward the closing direction. Alternatively, the electronic device 100 may obtain the folding direction of the folded screen during the folding operation performed by the user according to the movement direction of the acceleration sensor and/or the folding direction of the gyroscope.
折叠角变量:电子设备100可以根据折叠屏上安装的加速度传感器或陀螺仪传感器获取的参数换算得到折叠屏的折叠角变量。或者,电子设备100可以根据红外传感器或磁传感器获取感应信息,并将该感应信息进行换算,以获取折叠屏的折叠角变量。Folding angle variable: the electronic device 100 can obtain the folding angle variable of the folding screen according to the parameters obtained by the acceleration sensor or the gyroscope sensor installed on the folding screen. Alternatively, the electronic device 100 may obtain sensing information according to an infrared sensor or a magnetic sensor, and convert the sensing information to obtain the folding angle variable of the folding screen.
以下以通过陀螺仪传感器获取第一屏和第二屏,如A屏和B屏之间的夹角α为例进行详细说明。电子设备100的显示屏694可折叠形成多个屏。每个屏中可以包括陀螺仪传感器,用于测量对应屏的朝向(即朝向的方向向量)。例如,结合上述图1,电子设备100的显示屏694经折叠可形成A屏101和B屏102,该A屏101和该B屏102中均包括陀螺仪传感器,分别用于测量A屏101和B屏102的朝向。电子设备100根据测量得到的每个屏的朝向以及角度变化,以便确定出相邻屏的夹角。The following takes the first screen and the second screen obtained by the gyro sensor, such as the angle α between the A screen and the B screen, as an example for detailed description. The display screen 694 of the electronic device 100 can be folded to form multiple screens. Each screen may include a gyroscope sensor for measuring the orientation of the corresponding screen (that is, the direction vector of the orientation). For example, in conjunction with the above-mentioned Figure 1, the display screen 694 of the electronic device 100 can be folded to form an A screen 101 and a B screen 102. Both the A screen 101 and the B screen 102 include gyroscope sensors for measuring the A screen 101 and the B screen respectively. The orientation of B screen 102. The electronic device 100 changes the orientation and angle of each screen obtained by measurement to determine the angle between adjacent screens.
例如,结合图7,以A屏中设置有陀螺仪传感器A,B屏设置有陀螺仪传感器B为例。本申请实施例这里,对陀螺仪传感器A测量A屏的朝向(即朝向的方向向量),陀螺仪传感器B测量B屏的朝向(即朝向的方向向量)的原理,以及电子设备100根据A屏的朝向和B屏的朝向计算A屏和B屏之间的夹角α的原理进行说明。For example, in conjunction with FIG. 7, it is taken as an example that a gyro sensor A is provided on the A screen and a gyro sensor B is provided on the B screen. In the embodiment of the application, the principle of measuring the orientation of screen A (that is, the direction vector of orientation) by the gyroscope sensor A and the principle of measuring the orientation of screen B (that is, the direction vector of orientation) by the gyroscope sensor B, and the electronic device 100 according to the principle of screen A The principle of calculating the angle α between the A screen and the B screen is explained.
其中,陀螺仪传感器的坐标系是地理坐标系。如图8所示,地理坐标系的原点O 位于运载体(即包含陀螺仪传感器的设备,如电子设备100)所在的点,x轴沿当地纬线指向东(E),y轴沿当地子午线线指向北(N),z轴沿当地地理垂线指向上,并与x轴和y轴构成右手直角坐标系。其中,x轴与y轴构成的平面即为当地水平面,y轴与z轴构成的平面即为当地子午面。因此,可以理解的是,陀螺仪传感器的坐标系是:以陀螺仪传感器为原点O,沿当地纬线指向东为x轴,沿当地子午线线指向北为y轴,沿当地地理垂线指向上(即地理垂线的反方向)为z轴。Among them, the coordinate system of the gyroscope sensor is the geographic coordinate system. As shown in Figure 8, the origin O of the geographic coordinate system is at the point where the carrier (ie, the device containing the gyroscope sensor, such as the electronic device 100) is located, the x-axis is along the local latitude to the east (E), and the y-axis is along the local meridian. Pointing north (N), the z-axis points upward along the local geographic vertical, and forms a right-handed rectangular coordinate system with the x-axis and y-axis. Among them, the plane formed by the x-axis and the y-axis is the local horizontal plane, and the plane formed by the y-axis and the z-axis is the local meridian. Therefore, it is understandable that the coordinate system of the gyroscope sensor is: taking the gyroscope sensor as the origin O, pointing east along the local latitude line as the x-axis, pointing north along the local meridian line as the y-axis, and pointing upward along the local geographic vertical line ( That is, the opposite direction of the geographic vertical) is the z-axis.
电子设备利用每个屏中设置的陀螺仪传感器,便可测量得到每个屏在其设置的陀螺仪传感器的坐标系中的朝向的方向向量。例如,参考如图7所示的电子设备的侧视图,电子设备测量得到的A屏在陀螺仪传感器A的坐标系中的朝向的方向向量为向量z1,B屏在陀螺仪传感器B的坐标系中的朝向的方向向量为向量z2。电子设备利用公式(1):
Figure PCTCN2020102812-appb-000001
便可计算出向量z1与向量z2的夹角θ。
The electronic device uses the gyroscope sensor set in each screen to measure the direction vector of the orientation of each screen in the coordinate system of the gyroscope sensor set in it. For example, referring to the side view of the electronic device as shown in Figure 7, the direction vector of the orientation of screen A in the coordinate system of gyro sensor A measured by the electronic device is vector z1, and screen B is in the coordinate system of gyro sensor B The direction vector of the direction in is the vector z2. Electronic equipment utilization formula (1):
Figure PCTCN2020102812-appb-000001
The angle θ between vector z1 and vector z2 can be calculated.
其中,
Figure PCTCN2020102812-appb-000002
among them,
Figure PCTCN2020102812-appb-000002
又根据图7可知,由于向量z1与A屏垂直,向量z2与B屏垂直,因此,可以得到A屏与B屏的夹角α=180°-θ。即电子设备根据测量得到的A屏在陀螺仪传感器A的坐标系中的朝向的方向向量(即向量z1)和B屏在陀螺仪传感器B的坐标系中的朝向的方向向量(即向量z2),便可确定出A屏与B屏的夹角α。It can also be seen from Figure 7 that since the vector z1 is perpendicular to the A screen and the vector z2 is perpendicular to the B screen, the angle α between the A screen and the B screen can be obtained as α=180°-θ. That is, the electronic device measures the direction vector of the orientation of the screen A in the coordinate system of the gyroscope sensor A (ie vector z1) and the direction vector of the orientation of the screen B in the coordinate system of the gyroscope sensor B (ie vector z2). , You can determine the angle α between the A screen and the B screen.
需要说明的是,虽然A屏和B屏中设置的陀螺仪传感器的位置并不重叠,即A屏和B平的陀螺仪传感器的坐标系的原点并不重叠,但是,两个坐标系的x轴、y轴、z轴是平行的,从而可以认为A屏和B屏中设置的陀螺仪传感器的坐标系是平行的。这样一来,虽然向量z1和向量z2不在同一个坐标系,但是因为两个坐标系的各轴平行,因此,仍可通过上述公式(1)计算向量z1与向量z2的夹角θ。It should be noted that although the positions of the gyroscope sensors set in the A screen and the B screen do not overlap, that is, the origin of the coordinate system of the A screen and the B flat gyroscope sensor does not overlap, but the x of the two coordinate systems The axis, y axis, and z axis are parallel, so it can be considered that the coordinate systems of the gyroscope sensors set in the A screen and the B screen are parallel. In this way, although the vector z1 and the vector z2 are not in the same coordinate system, because the axes of the two coordinate systems are parallel, the angle θ between the vector z1 and the vector z2 can still be calculated by the above formula (1).
在一些实施例中,还可以由其他一个或多个传感器配合,测量A屏与B屏的夹角α。例如,折叠屏的每个屏中均可设置一个加速度传感器。电子设备100(如处理器610)可利用加速度传感器测量每个屏被转动时的运动加速度;然后根据测量得到的运动加速度计算一个屏相对于另一个屏转动的角度,即A屏与B屏的夹角α。In some embodiments, one or more other sensors can also be used to measure the angle α between the A screen and the B screen. For example, each screen of the folding screen can be provided with an acceleration sensor. The electronic device 100 (such as the processor 610) can use an acceleration sensor to measure the motion acceleration of each screen when it is rotated; then, according to the measured motion acceleration, calculate the angle of rotation of one screen relative to the other screen, that is, the difference between the A screen and the B screen. Angle α.
在另一些实施例中,上述陀螺仪传感器可以是由其他多个传感器配合形成的虚拟陀螺仪传感器。该虚拟陀螺仪传感器可用于计算折叠屏的相邻屏的夹角,即A屏与B屏的夹角α。In other embodiments, the above-mentioned gyroscope sensor may be a virtual gyroscope sensor formed by cooperation of multiple other sensors. The virtual gyro sensor can be used to calculate the angle between adjacent screens of the folding screen, that is, the angle α between the A screen and the B screen.
需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,电子设备100可以通过上述方法获取不同的折叠操作的参数,也可以根据夹角获取其他的参数。It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present application, the electronic device 100 may obtain parameters of different folding operations through the above-mentioned method, and may also obtain other parameters according to the included angle.
示例性的,第一时刻(如t1)A屏和B屏之间的夹角为α1,第二时刻(如t2)A屏和B屏之间的夹角为α2,其中第二时刻晚于第一时刻,即t2>t1。Exemplarily, the angle between the A screen and the B screen at the first time (such as t1) is α1, and the angle between the A screen and the B screen at the second time (such as t2) is α2, where the second time is later than The first moment, that is, t2>t1.
当α2小于α1时,电子设备就可以确定折叠方向为闭合方向;对应的,当α2大于α1时,电子设备就可以确定折叠方向为展开方向。When α2 is less than α1, the electronic device can determine that the folding direction is the closed direction; correspondingly, when α2 is greater than α1, the electronic device can determine that the folding direction is the unfolding direction.
电子设备还可以根据上述不同时刻的夹角与时间,获取被折叠屏的折叠速度。例如,在t1-t2时刻内,被折叠屏的折叠速度可以根据公式(2)获得。The electronic device can also obtain the folding speed of the folded screen according to the above-mentioned included angle and time at different times. For example, during t1-t2, the folding speed of the folded screen can be obtained according to formula (2).
Figure PCTCN2020102812-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2020102812-appb-000003
可以理解的是,根据上述公式(2)可以获取一段时间内的平均速度。本申请实施例中,为了获取不同时刻的瞬时速度(如t1时刻的速度),可以选取与t1时刻非常接近的时刻(如t2时刻),并根据该时刻的折叠屏的夹角(如α2),计算获取对应的被折叠屏的折叠速度就可以认为是t1时刻电子设备被折叠屏的折叠速度。It is understandable that the average speed over a period of time can be obtained according to the above formula (2). In the embodiment of this application, in order to obtain the instantaneous speed at different times (such as the speed at time t1), a time very close to time t1 (such as time t2) can be selected, and according to the angle of the folding screen at that time (such as α2) Calculating and obtaining the corresponding folding speed of the folded screen can be regarded as the folding speed of the folded screen of the electronic device at time t1.
进一步的,假设第三时刻t3的折叠速度为v3,第四时刻t4的折叠速度为v4,其中第四时刻晚于第三时刻一段时间,即t4>t3。那么,在t3到t4时刻之间的这段时间内,被折叠屏的折叠加速度就可以根据公式(3)获得。Further, suppose that the folding speed at the third time t3 is v3, and the folding speed at the fourth time t4 is v4, where the fourth time is later than the third time for a period of time, that is, t4>t3. Then, during the period between t3 and t4, the folding acceleration of the folded screen can be obtained according to formula (3).
Figure PCTCN2020102812-appb-000004
Figure PCTCN2020102812-appb-000004
类似于上述瞬时速度的计算方法,电子设备可以根据公式(3)计算获取被折叠屏的瞬时加速度。Similar to the foregoing instantaneous velocity calculation method, the electronic device can calculate the instantaneous acceleration of the folded screen according to formula (3).
本申请实施例中,可以根据夹角的大小判断折叠屏的状态。例如,如果α1与α2均为0°,那么,电子设备就可以确定在t1到t2时刻内折叠屏处于闭合状态。如果α1与α2均为180°,那么,电子设备就可以确定在t1到t2时刻内折叠屏处于展开状态。In the embodiment of the present application, the state of the folding screen can be judged according to the size of the included angle. For example, if both α1 and α2 are 0°, then the electronic device can determine that the folding screen is in the closed state from t1 to t2. If both α1 and α2 are 180°, then the electronic device can determine that the folding screen is in the unfolded state from t1 to t2.
在本申请实施例提供的电子设备100中,陀螺仪传感器还可以用于确定电子设备100的运动姿态。在一些实施例中,可以通过陀螺仪传感器确定电子设备100围绕三个轴(即,x,y和z轴)的角速度。陀螺仪传感器可以用于拍摄防抖。示例性的,当按下快门,陀螺仪传感器检测电子设备100抖动的角度,根据角度计算出镜头模组需要补偿的距离,让镜头通过反向运动抵消电子设备100的抖动,实现防抖。陀螺仪传感器还可以用于导航,体感游戏场景。In the electronic device 100 provided by the embodiment of the present application, the gyroscope sensor may also be used to determine the movement posture of the electronic device 100. In some embodiments, the angular velocity of the electronic device 100 around three axes (ie, x, y, and z axes) can be determined by a gyroscope sensor. The gyroscope sensor can be used for shooting anti-shake. Exemplarily, when the shutter is pressed, the gyroscope sensor detects the shake angle of the electronic device 100, calculates the distance that the lens module needs to compensate according to the angle, and allows the lens to counteract the shake of the electronic device 100 through reverse movement to achieve anti-shake. The gyroscope sensor can also be used for navigation and somatosensory game scenes.
磁传感器包括霍尔传感器。电子设备100可以利用磁传感器检测翻盖皮套的开合。在一些实施例中,当电子设备100是翻盖机时,电子设备100可以根据磁传感器检测翻盖的开合。进而根据检测到的皮套的开合状态或翻盖的开合状态,设置翻盖自动解锁等特性。The magnetic sensor includes a Hall sensor. The electronic device 100 may use a magnetic sensor to detect the opening and closing of the flip holster. In some embodiments, when the electronic device 100 is a flip machine, the electronic device 100 can detect the opening and closing of the flip according to the magnetic sensor. Furthermore, according to the detected opening and closing state of the leather case or the opening and closing state of the flip cover, features such as automatic unlocking of the flip cover are set.
加速度传感器可检测电子设备100在各个方向上(一般为三轴)加速度的大小。当电子设备100静止时可检测出重力的大小及方向。还可以用于识别电子设备姿态,应用于横竖屏切换,计步器等应用。需要注意的是,在本申请实施例中,电子设备100的显示屏694可折叠形成多个屏。每个屏中可以包括加速度传感器,用于测量对应屏的朝向(即朝向的方向向量)。The acceleration sensor can detect the magnitude of the acceleration of the electronic device 100 in various directions (generally three-axis). When the electronic device 100 is stationary, the magnitude and direction of gravity can be detected. It can also be used to identify the posture of electronic devices, and used in applications such as horizontal and vertical screen switching, pedometers and so on. It should be noted that in the embodiment of the present application, the display screen 694 of the electronic device 100 can be folded to form multiple screens. Each screen may include an acceleration sensor for measuring the orientation of the corresponding screen (that is, the direction vector of the orientation).
压力传感器用于感受压力信号,可以将压力信号转换成电信号。在一些实施例中,压力传感器可以设置于显示屏694。压力传感器的种类很多,如电阻式压力传感器,电感式压力传感器,电容式压力传感器等。电容式压力传感器可以是包括至少两个具有导电材料的平行板。当有力作用于压力传感器,电极之间的电容改变。电子设备100根据电容的变化确定压力的强度。当有触摸操作作用于显示屏694,电子设备100根据压力传感器检测触摸操作强度。电子设备100也可以根据压力传感器的检测信号计算触摸的位置。在一些实施例中,作用于相同触摸位置,但不同触摸操作强度的触摸操作,可以对应不同的操作指令。例如:当有触摸操作强度小于第一压力阈值的触摸操作作用于短消息应用图标时,执行查看短消息的指令。当有触摸操作强度大于或等于第一压力阈值的触摸操作作用于短消息应用图标时,执行新建短消息的指令。The pressure sensor is used to sense the pressure signal and can convert the pressure signal into an electrical signal. In some embodiments, the pressure sensor may be provided on the display screen 694. There are many types of pressure sensors, such as resistive pressure sensors, inductive pressure sensors, capacitive pressure sensors, etc. The capacitive pressure sensor may include at least two parallel plates with conductive material. When a force is applied to the pressure sensor, the capacitance between the electrodes changes. The electronic device 100 determines the intensity of the pressure according to the change in capacitance. When a touch operation acts on the display screen 694, the electronic device 100 detects the intensity of the touch operation according to the pressure sensor. The electronic device 100 may also calculate the touched position according to the detection signal of the pressure sensor. In some embodiments, touch operations that act on the same touch location but have different touch operation strengths may correspond to different operation instructions. For example: when a touch operation whose intensity of the touch operation is less than the first pressure threshold is applied to the short message application icon, an instruction to view the short message is executed. When a touch operation with a touch operation intensity greater than or equal to the first pressure threshold acts on the short message application icon, an instruction to create a new short message is executed.
气压传感器用于测量气压。在一些实施例中,电子设备100通过气压传感器测得的气压值计算海拔高度,辅助定位和导航。The air pressure sensor is used to measure air pressure. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 calculates the altitude based on the air pressure value measured by the air pressure sensor to assist positioning and navigation.
距离传感器,用于测量距离。电子设备100可以通过红外或激光测量距离。在一些实施例中,拍摄场景,电子设备100可以利用距离传感器测距以实现快速对焦。Distance sensor, used to measure distance. The electronic device 100 can measure the distance by infrared or laser. In some embodiments, when shooting a scene, the electronic device 100 may use a distance sensor to measure the distance to achieve fast focusing.
接近光传感器可以包括例如发光二极管(LED)和光检测器,例如光电二极管。发光二极管可以是红外发光二极管。电子设备100通过发光二极管向外发射红外光。电子设备100使用光电二极管检测来自附近物体的红外反射光。当检测到充分的反射光时,可以确定电子设备100附近有物体。当检测到不充分的反射光时,电子设备100可以确定电子设备100附近没有物体。电子设备100可以利用接近光传感器检测用户手持电子设备100贴近耳朵通话,以便自动熄灭折叠屏达到省电的目的。接近光传感器也可用于皮套模式,口袋模式自动解锁与锁屏。The proximity light sensor may include, for example, a light emitting diode (LED) and a light detector, such as a photodiode. The light emitting diode may be an infrared light emitting diode. The electronic device 100 emits infrared light to the outside through the light emitting diode. The electronic device 100 uses a photodiode to detect infrared reflected light from nearby objects. When sufficient reflected light is detected, it can be determined that there is an object near the electronic device 100. When insufficient reflected light is detected, the electronic device 100 can determine that there is no object near the electronic device 100. The electronic device 100 can use the proximity light sensor to detect that the user holds the electronic device 100 close to the ear to talk, so as to automatically turn off the folding screen to save power. The proximity light sensor can also be used in leather case mode, and pocket mode automatically unlocks and locks the screen.
环境光传感器用于感知环境光亮度。电子设备100可以根据感知的环境光亮度自适应调节显示屏694亮度。环境光传感器也可用于拍照时自动调节白平衡。环境光传感器还可以与接近光传感器配合,检测电子设备100是否在口袋里,以防误触。The ambient light sensor is used to sense the brightness of the ambient light. The electronic device 100 can adaptively adjust the brightness of the display screen 694 according to the perceived brightness of the ambient light. The ambient light sensor can also be used to automatically adjust the white balance when taking pictures. The ambient light sensor can also cooperate with the proximity light sensor to detect whether the electronic device 100 is in the pocket to prevent accidental touch.
指纹传感器用于采集指纹。电子设备100可以利用采集的指纹特性实现指纹解锁,访问应用锁,指纹拍照,指纹接听来电等。The fingerprint sensor is used to collect fingerprints. The electronic device 100 can use the collected fingerprint characteristics to realize fingerprint unlocking, access application locks, fingerprint photographs, fingerprint answering calls, etc.
温度传感器用于检测温度。在一些实施例中,电子设备100利用温度传感器检测的温度,执行温度处理策略。例如,当温度传感器上报的温度超过阈值,电子设备100执行降低位于温度传感器附近的处理器的性能,以便降低功耗实施热保护。在另一些实施例中,当温度低于另一阈值时,电子设备100对电池642加热,以避免低温导致电子设备100异常关机。在其他一些实施例中,当温度低于又一阈值时,电子设备100对电池642的输出电压执行升压,以避免低温导致的异常关机。The temperature sensor is used to detect temperature. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 uses the temperature detected by the temperature sensor to execute the temperature processing strategy. For example, when the temperature reported by the temperature sensor exceeds the threshold, the electronic device 100 reduces the performance of the processor located near the temperature sensor, so as to reduce power consumption and implement thermal protection. In other embodiments, when the temperature is lower than another threshold, the electronic device 100 heats the battery 642 to avoid abnormal shutdown of the electronic device 100 due to low temperature. In some other embodiments, when the temperature is lower than another threshold, the electronic device 100 boosts the output voltage of the battery 642 to avoid abnormal shutdown caused by low temperature.
触摸传感器,也称“触控面板”。触摸传感器可以设置于显示屏694,由触摸传感器与显示屏694组成触摸屏,也称“触控屏”。触摸传感器用于检测作用于其上或附近的触摸操作。触摸传感器可以将检测到的触摸操作传递给应用处理器,以确定触摸事件类型。可以通过显示屏694提供与触摸操作相关的视觉输出。在另一些实施例中,触摸传感器也可以设置于电子设备100的表面,与显示屏694所处的位置不同。Touch sensor, also called "touch panel". The touch sensor can be arranged on the display screen 694, and the touch screen is composed of the touch sensor and the display screen 694, which is also called a “touch screen”. The touch sensor is used to detect touch operations acting on or near it. The touch sensor can pass the detected touch operation to the application processor to determine the type of touch event. The visual output related to the touch operation can be provided through the display screen 694. In other embodiments, the touch sensor may also be disposed on the surface of the electronic device 100, which is different from the position of the display screen 694.
骨传导传感器可以获取振动信号。在一些实施例中,骨传导传感器可以获取人体声部振动骨块的振动信号。骨传导传感器也可以接触人体脉搏,接收血压跳动信号。在一些实施例中,骨传导传感器也可以设置于耳机中,结合成骨传导耳机。音频模块670可以基于骨传导传感器获取的声部振动骨块的振动信号,解析出语音信号,实现语音功能。应用处理器可以基于骨传导传感器获取的血压跳动信号解析心率信息,实现心率检测功能。Bone conduction sensors can acquire vibration signals. In some embodiments, the bone conduction sensor can obtain the vibration signal of the vibrating bone mass of the human voice. The bone conduction sensor can also contact the human pulse and receive the blood pressure pulse signal. In some embodiments, the bone conduction sensor may also be provided in the earphone, combined with the bone conduction earphone. The audio module 670 can parse out the voice signal based on the vibration signal of the vibrating bone block of the voice obtained by the bone conduction sensor to realize the voice function. The application processor can analyze the heart rate information based on the blood pressure beating signal obtained by the bone conduction sensor to realize the heart rate detection function.
电子设备100可以通过ISP,摄像头693,视频编解码器,GPU,显示屏694以及应用处理器等实现拍摄功能。The electronic device 100 may implement a shooting function through an ISP, a camera 693, a video codec, a GPU, a display screen 694, and an application processor.
ISP用于处理摄像头693反馈的参数。例如,拍照时,打开快门,光线通过镜头被传递到摄像头感光元件上,光信号转换为电信号,摄像头感光元件将所述电信号传递给ISP处理,转化为肉眼可见的图像。ISP还可以对图像的噪点,亮度,肤色进行算法优化。ISP还可以对拍摄场景的曝光,色温等参数优化。在一些实施例中,ISP可 以设置在摄像头693中。The ISP is used to process the parameters fed back by the camera 693. For example, when taking a picture, the shutter is opened, the light is transmitted to the photosensitive element of the camera through the lens, the light signal is converted into an electrical signal, and the photosensitive element of the camera transfers the electrical signal to the ISP for processing and is converted into an image visible to the naked eye. ISP can also optimize the image noise, brightness, and skin color. ISP can also optimize the exposure, color temperature and other parameters of the shooting scene. In some embodiments, the ISP may be provided in the camera 693.
摄像头693用于捕获静态图像或视频。物体通过镜头生成光学图像投射到感光元件。感光元件可以是电荷耦合器件(charge coupled device,CCD)或互补金属氧化物半导体(complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor,CMOS)光电晶体管。感光元件把光信号转换成电信号,之后将电信号传递给ISP转换成数字图像信号。ISP将数字图像信号输出到DSP加工处理。DSP将数字图像信号转换成标准的RGB,YUV等格式的图像信号。在一些实施例中,电子设备100可以包括1个或N个摄像头693,N为大于1的正整数。The camera 693 is used to capture still images or videos. The object generates an optical image through the lens and projects it to the photosensitive element. The photosensitive element may be a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor. The photosensitive element converts the optical signal into an electrical signal, and then transmits the electrical signal to the ISP to convert it into a digital image signal. ISP outputs digital image signals to DSP for processing. DSP converts digital image signals into standard RGB, YUV and other formats. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 may include 1 or N cameras 693, and N is a positive integer greater than 1.
数字信号处理器用于处理数字信号,除了可以处理数字图像信号,还可以处理其他数字信号。例如,当电子设备100在频点选择时,数字信号处理器用于对频点能量进行傅里叶变换等。Digital signal processors are used to process digital signals. In addition to digital image signals, they can also process other digital signals. For example, when the electronic device 100 selects the frequency point, the digital signal processor is used to perform Fourier transform on the energy of the frequency point.
视频编解码器用于对数字视频压缩或解压缩。电子设备100可以支持一种或多种视频编解码器。这样,电子设备100可以播放或录制多种编码格式的视频,例如:动态图像专家组(moving picture experts group,MPEG)1,MPEG2,MPEG3,MPEG4等。Video codecs are used to compress or decompress digital video. The electronic device 100 may support one or more video codecs. In this way, the electronic device 100 can play or record videos in a variety of encoding formats, such as: moving picture experts group (MPEG) 1, MPEG2, MPEG3, MPEG4, and so on.
NPU为神经网络(neural-network,NN)计算处理器,通过借鉴生物神经网络结构,例如借鉴人脑神经元之间传递模式,对输入信息快速处理,还可以不断的自学习。通过NPU可以实现电子设备100的智能认知等应用,例如:图像识别,人脸识别,语音识别,文本理解等。NPU is a neural-network (NN) computing processor. By drawing on the structure of biological neural networks, for example, the transfer mode between human brain neurons, it can quickly process input information and can continuously learn by itself. The NPU can realize applications such as intelligent cognition of the electronic device 100, such as image recognition, face recognition, voice recognition, text understanding, and so on.
外部存储器接口620可以用于连接外部存储卡,例如Micro SD卡,实现扩展电子设备100的存储能力。外部存储卡通过外部存储器接口620与处理器610通信,实现参数存储功能。例如将音乐,视频等文件保存在外部存储卡中。The external memory interface 620 may be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, to expand the storage capacity of the electronic device 100. The external memory card communicates with the processor 610 through the external memory interface 620 to realize the parameter storage function. For example, save music, video and other files in an external memory card.
内部存储器621可以用于存储计算机可执行程序代码,所述可执行程序代码包括指令。处理器610通过运行存储在内部存储器621的指令,从而执行电子设备100的各种功能应用以及参数处理。例如,在本申请实施例中,处理器610可以通过执行存储在内部存储器621中的指令,检测显示屏694(即折叠屏)的参数的变化,并响应于参数的变化对渐变效果进行控制,或执行对应功能。内部存储器621可以包括存储程序区和存储参数区。其中,存储程序区可存储操作系统,至少一个功能所需的应用程序(比如声音播放功能,图像播放功能等)等。存储参数区可存储电子设备100使用过程中所创建的参数(比如音频参数,电话本等)等。此外,内部存储器621可以包括高速随机存取存储器,还可以包括非易失性存储器,例如至少一个磁盘存储器件,闪存器件,通用闪存存储器(universal flash storage,UFS)等。The internal memory 621 may be used to store computer executable program code, where the executable program code includes instructions. The processor 610 executes various functional applications and parameter processing of the electronic device 100 by running instructions stored in the internal memory 621. For example, in the embodiment of the present application, the processor 610 can detect changes in the parameters of the display screen 694 (ie, the folding screen) by executing instructions stored in the internal memory 621, and control the gradation effect in response to the changes in the parameters. Or perform the corresponding function. The internal memory 621 may include a storage program area and a storage parameter area. Among them, the storage program area can store an operating system, at least one application program (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.) required by at least one function. The parameter storage area can store parameters (such as audio parameters, phone book, etc.) created during the use of the electronic device 100. In addition, the internal memory 621 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, a flash memory device, a universal flash storage (UFS), and the like.
电子设备100可以通过音频模块670,扬声器670A,受话器670B,麦克风670C,耳机接口670D,以及应用处理器等实现音频功能。例如音乐播放,录音等。The electronic device 100 can implement audio functions through an audio module 670, a speaker 670A, a receiver 670B, a microphone 670C, a headphone interface 670D, and an application processor. For example, music playback, recording, etc.
音频模块670用于将数字音频信息转换成模拟音频信号输出,也用于将模拟音频输入转换为数字音频信号。音频模块670还可以用于对音频信号编码和解码。在一些实施例中,音频模块670可以设置于处理器610中,或将音频模块670的部分功能模块设置于处理器610中。扬声器670A,也称“喇叭”,用于将音频电信号转换为声音信号。电子设备100可以通过扬声器670A收听音乐,或收听免提通话。受话器670B, 也称“听筒”,用于将音频电信号转换成声音信号。当电子设备100接听电话或语音信息时,可以通过将受话器670B靠近人耳接听语音。麦克风670C,也称“话筒”,“传声器”,用于将声音信号转换为电信号。当拨打电话或发送语音信息或需要通过语音助手触发电子设备100执行某些功能时,用户可以通过人嘴靠近麦克风670C发声,将声音信号输入到麦克风670C。电子设备100可以设置至少一个麦克风670C。在另一些实施例中,电子设备100可以设置两个麦克风670C,除了采集声音信号,还可以实现降噪功能。在另一些实施例中,电子设备100还可以设置三个,四个或更多麦克风670C,实现采集声音信号,降噪,还可以识别声音来源,实现定向录音功能等。The audio module 670 is used to convert digital audio information into an analog audio signal for output, and is also used to convert an analog audio input into a digital audio signal. The audio module 670 can also be used to encode and decode audio signals. In some embodiments, the audio module 670 may be provided in the processor 610, or some functional modules of the audio module 670 may be provided in the processor 610. The speaker 670A, also called "speaker", is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals. The electronic device 100 can listen to music through the speaker 670A, or listen to a hands-free call. The receiver 670B, also called "earpiece", is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals. When the electronic device 100 answers a call or voice message, it can receive the voice by bringing the receiver 670B close to the human ear. Microphone 670C, also called "microphone" or "microphone", is used to convert sound signals into electrical signals. When making a call or sending voice information or when the electronic device 100 needs to be triggered to perform certain functions through a voice assistant, the user can approach the microphone 670C through the mouth to make a sound, and input the sound signal into the microphone 670C. The electronic device 100 may be provided with at least one microphone 670C. In other embodiments, the electronic device 100 may be provided with two microphones 670C, which can implement noise reduction functions in addition to collecting sound signals. In other embodiments, the electronic device 100 may also be provided with three, four or more microphones 670C to collect sound signals, reduce noise, identify sound sources, and realize directional recording functions.
耳机接口670D用于连接有线耳机。耳机接口670D可以是USB接口630,也可以是3.5mm的开放移动电子设备平台(open mobile terminal platform,OMTP)标准接口,美国蜂窝电信工业协会(cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA,CTIA)标准接口。The earphone interface 670D is used to connect wired earphones. The earphone interface 670D may be a USB interface 630, or a 3.5mm open mobile terminal platform (OMTP) standard interface, and a cellular telecommunications industry association (cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA, CTIA) standard interface.
按键690包括开机键,音量键等。按键690可以是机械按键。也可以是触摸式按键。电子设备100可以接收按键输入,产生与电子设备100的用户设置以及功能控制有关的键信号输入。The button 690 includes a power button, a volume button and so on. The button 690 may be a mechanical button. It can also be a touch button. The electronic device 100 may receive key input, and generate key signal input related to user settings and function control of the electronic device 100.
马达691可以产生振动提示。马达691可以用于来电振动提示,也可以用于触摸振动反馈。例如,作用于不同应用(例如拍照,音频播放等)的触摸操作,可以对应不同的振动反馈效果。作用于显示屏694不同区域的触摸操作,马达691也可对应不同的振动反馈效果。不同的应用场景(例如:时间提醒,接收信息,闹钟,游戏等)也可以对应不同的振动反馈效果。触摸振动反馈效果还可以支持自定义。The motor 691 can generate vibration prompts. The motor 691 can be used for incoming call vibrating prompts, and can also be used for touch vibration feedback. For example, touch operations applied to different applications (such as photographing, audio playback, etc.) can correspond to different vibration feedback effects. Acting on touch operations in different areas of the display screen 694, the motor 691 can also correspond to different vibration feedback effects. Different application scenarios (for example: time reminding, receiving information, alarm clock, games, etc.) can also correspond to different vibration feedback effects. The touch vibration feedback effect can also support customization.
指示器692可以是指示灯,可以用于指示充电状态,电量变化,也可以用于指示消息,未接来电,通知等。The indicator 692 can be an indicator light, which can be used to indicate the charging status, power change, and can also be used to indicate messages, missed calls, notifications, and so on.
SIM卡接口695用于连接SIM卡。SIM卡可以通过插入SIM卡接口695,或从SIM卡接口695拔出,实现和电子设备100的接触和分离。电子设备100可以支持1个或N个SIM卡接口,N为大于1的正整数。SIM卡接口695可以支持Nano SIM卡,Micro SIM卡,SIM卡等。同一个SIM卡接口695可以同时插入多张卡。所述多张卡的类型可以相同,也可以不同。SIM卡接口695也可以兼容不同类型的SIM卡。SIM卡接口695也可以兼容外部存储卡。电子设备100通过SIM卡和网络交互,实现通话以及参数通信等功能。在一些实施例中,电子设备100采用eSIM,即:嵌入式SIM卡。eSIM卡可以嵌在电子设备100中,不能和电子设备100分离。The SIM card interface 695 is used to connect to the SIM card. The SIM card can be inserted into the SIM card interface 695 or pulled out from the SIM card interface 695 to achieve contact and separation with the electronic device 100. The electronic device 100 may support 1 or N SIM card interfaces, and N is a positive integer greater than 1. The SIM card interface 695 can support Nano SIM cards, Micro SIM cards, SIM cards, etc. The same SIM card interface 695 can insert multiple cards at the same time. The types of the multiple cards can be the same or different. The SIM card interface 695 can also be compatible with different types of SIM cards. The SIM card interface 695 can also be compatible with external memory cards. The electronic device 100 interacts with the network through the SIM card to realize functions such as call and parameter communication. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 adopts an eSIM, that is, an embedded SIM card. The eSIM card can be embedded in the electronic device 100 and cannot be separated from the electronic device 100.
以下实施例中的方法均可以在具有上述硬件结构的电子设备100中实现。且本申请实施例提供的方法可以应用于具有图1-图5中任意一个附图所示的折叠屏的电子设备100。该电子设备100至少包括第一屏和第二屏。The methods in the following embodiments can all be implemented in the electronic device 100 having the above hardware structure. Moreover, the method provided by the embodiment of the present application can be applied to the electronic device 100 having the folding screen shown in any one of FIGS. 1 to 5. The electronic device 100 includes at least a first screen and a second screen.
需要说明的是,如果电子设备100的折叠屏可折叠形成两个屏,则上述第一屏和第二屏分别可以指该电子设备100包括的两个屏。例如,结合图1中的(b)或图3中的(b),第一屏和第二屏分别是A屏和B屏。如果该电子设备100包括三个或三个以上的屏,则上述第一屏和第二屏分别可以指电子设备100包括的所有屏中任意相邻的两个屏。例如,结合图2中的(b),第一屏和第二屏可以分别是A屏和B屏,也可以分别是B屏和C屏。It should be noted that if the folding screen of the electronic device 100 can be folded to form two screens, the above-mentioned first screen and second screen may respectively refer to the two screens included in the electronic device 100. For example, in conjunction with (b) in Figure 1 or (b) in Figure 3, the first and second screens are A and B screens, respectively. If the electronic device 100 includes three or more than three screens, the aforementioned first screen and second screen may respectively refer to any two adjacent screens among all the screens included in the electronic device 100. For example, with reference to (b) in FIG. 2, the first screen and the second screen may be A screen and B screen, respectively, or may be B screen and C screen, respectively.
同时,在一些实施例中,A屏和B屏之间的夹角α的取值范围可以为[0°,180°]。结合上述实例,图1中的(a)、图1中的(b)和图1中的(c)所示的电子设备的折叠屏的夹角取值范围为[0°,180°]。在其他一些实施例中,A屏和B屏之间的夹角的取值范围可以为[180°,360°]。结合上述实例,图5中的(a)和图5中的(b)所示的电子设备的折叠屏的夹角取值范围为[180°,360°]。在另一些实施例中,A屏和B屏之间的夹角的取值范围可以为[0°,360°]。Meanwhile, in some embodiments, the value range of the included angle α between the A screen and the B screen may be [0°, 180°]. In combination with the above examples, the angle of the folding screen of the electronic device shown in (a) in FIG. 1, (b) in FIG. 1, and (c) in FIG. 1 is in the range of [0°, 180°]. In some other embodiments, the value range of the angle between the A screen and the B screen may be [180°, 360°]. In combination with the foregoing example, the angle of the folding screen of the electronic device shown in (a) and (b) of FIG. 5 ranges from [180°, 360°]. In other embodiments, the value range of the included angle between the A screen and the B screen may be [0°, 360°].
需要注意的是,无论A屏和B屏之间的夹角的变化范围为[0°,180°]、[180°,360°]或者[0°,360°],本申请实施例中,电子设备100都可以根据折叠屏的参数的变化,对电子设备的渐变效果进行动态调整,例如调整电子设备的亮度、调整电子设备中相机的焦距、调整电子设备中视频的播放速率。电子设备100还可以根据折叠屏的参数的变化,实现对应的功能。It should be noted that regardless of whether the range of the angle between the A screen and the B screen is [0°, 180°], [180°, 360°] or [0°, 360°], in the embodiments of the present application, The electronic device 100 can dynamically adjust the gradation effect of the electronic device according to changes in the parameters of the folding screen, such as adjusting the brightness of the electronic device, adjusting the focal length of the camera in the electronic device, and adjusting the playback rate of the video in the electronic device. The electronic device 100 can also implement corresponding functions according to changes in the parameters of the folding screen.
本申请实施例中,以电子设备100的折叠屏可折叠形成两个屏,如分别是A屏和B屏,A屏和B屏之间的夹角的变化范围为[0°,180°]为例,对本申请实施例的方法进行说明。In the embodiment of the present application, the folding screen of the electronic device 100 can be folded to form two screens, such as A screen and B screen, respectively. The angle between the A screen and the B screen can vary in a range of [0°, 180°] As an example, the method of the embodiment of the present application will be described.
请参考图9,为本申请实施例提供的一种具有折叠屏的电子设备的控制方法的流程示意图。该方法可以包括S901-S905。Please refer to FIG. 9, which is a schematic flowchart of a method for controlling an electronic device with a folding screen according to an embodiment of this application. The method may include S901-S905.
S901、电子设备接收用户对电子设备的折叠屏的折叠操作。S901. The electronic device receives a user's folding operation on the folding screen of the electronic device.
其中,折叠屏可以是如图1-图5中任一种所示的折叠屏。用户对电子设备的折叠屏的操作可以是用户对折叠屏进行闭合、展开或者反弹(折叠屏被折叠后又返回)的操作。Wherein, the folding screen may be a folding screen as shown in any one of FIGS. 1 to 5. The user's operation on the folding screen of the electronic device may be an operation of the user closing, unfolding or rebounding the folding screen (the folding screen is folded and then returned).
在本申请实施例中,可以将上述折叠屏抽象为一种铰链Hinge设备。参考图11,该铰链设备可以与键盘设备(keyboard device),触摸设备(touch device)以及其他设备并列,构成电子设备的输入设备(input device)。也就是说,铰链设备实质上是一种输入设备。通过输入设备用户可实现对电子设备的操作。In the embodiments of the present application, the above-mentioned folding screen can be abstracted as a hinge device. Referring to FIG. 11, the hinge device can be juxtaposed with a keyboard device (keyboard device), a touch device (touch device), and other devices to form an input device (input device) of an electronic device. In other words, the hinge device is essentially an input device. The user can operate the electronic device through the input device.
其中,如图11所示,该铰链设备可以是具体的铰链,或者说是实体铰链设备(real Hdevice),也可以是由多个传感器(如设置在折叠屏中的传感器)组成的虚拟铰链设备(virtual Hdevice),如铰链设备包括多个虚拟铰链设备(如图11所示的虚拟铰链设备1-n)。Among them, as shown in Figure 11, the hinge device can be a specific hinge, or a real Hdevice, or a virtual hinge device composed of multiple sensors (such as sensors set in a folding screen) (virtual Hdevice), for example, a hinge device includes multiple virtual hinge devices (virtual hinge devices 1-n as shown in FIG. 11).
S902、在用户执行折叠操作的过程中,电子设备实时获取折叠屏的原参数。S902. In the process of the user performing the folding operation, the electronic device obtains the original parameters of the folding screen in real time.
电子设备可以根据用户对铰链设备的折叠操作,实时的获取对应的参数。该参数就可以作为在折叠过程中折叠屏的原参数。The electronic device can obtain corresponding parameters in real time according to the user's folding operation of the hinge device. This parameter can be used as the original parameter of the folding screen during the folding process.
示例性的,原参数可以包括第一屏与第二屏之间的夹角(如A屏与B屏之间的夹角),被折叠屏的折叠速度,被折叠屏的折叠方向和被折叠屏的折叠加速度。其中,被折叠屏可以为第一屏和第二屏中,用户执行折叠操作时转动的屏。如图10所示,电子设备100可以包括输入读取器(input reader),该输入读取器可以用于根据设置在折叠屏上的实体装置或者传感器模块实时采集铰链设备折叠过程中的参数,如上述原参数。Exemplarily, the original parameters may include the angle between the first screen and the second screen (such as the angle between the A screen and the B screen), the folding speed of the folded screen, the folding direction of the folded screen, and the folded screen The folding acceleration of the screen. Among them, the folded screen may be the screen that is turned when the user performs the folding operation in the first screen and the second screen. As shown in FIG. 10, the electronic device 100 may include an input reader, and the input reader may be used to collect parameters in the folding process of the hinge device in real time according to a physical device or sensor module provided on the folding screen. Such as the original parameters above.
例如,实体铰链设备能够通过设置在折叠屏上的实体装置直接读取参数,如折叠速度、折叠方向、折叠加速度以及折叠角变量等。虚拟铰链设备可以通过内置的传感 器(如加速度传感器、红外传感器、磁传感器以及陀螺仪等)实时获取折叠屏被折叠时的参数。For example, the physical hinge device can directly read parameters, such as folding speed, folding direction, folding acceleration, and folding angle variables, through the physical device set on the folding screen. The virtual hinge device can obtain real-time parameters of the folding screen when the folding screen is folded through built-in sensors (such as acceleration sensors, infrared sensors, magnetic sensors, and gyroscopes, etc.).
S903、电子设备根据实时获得的原参数生成铰链折叠(Hinge-Rotation)事件。S903. The electronic device generates a hinge folding (Hinge-Rotation) event according to the original parameters obtained in real time.
电子设备可以对获取到的原参数进行封装处理,获取与原参数对应的事件。示例性的,电子设备可以对上述原参数进行封装,以获得铰链折叠事件,不同的铰链折叠事件中封装有对应的原参数。示例性的,铰链折叠事件可以包括夹角事件,夹角事件封装有夹角。The electronic device can encapsulate the acquired original parameters, and obtain the events corresponding to the original parameters. Exemplarily, the electronic device may encapsulate the foregoing original parameters to obtain hinge folding events, and different hinge folding events may encapsulate corresponding original parameters. Exemplarily, the hinge folding event may include an angle event, and the angle event encapsulates an angle.
铰链折叠事件还可以包括速度事件,方向事件,加速度事件,状态事件和反弹事件。其中,速度事件封装有折叠速度,方向事件封装有折叠方向,加速度事件封装有折叠加速度,状态事件封装有根据夹角获得的折叠屏的折叠状态,折叠状态为展开状态,闭合状态或半展开状态,反弹事件封装有反弹标识,反弹标识用于指示折叠屏是否被折叠后又返回。Hinge folding events can also include speed events, direction events, acceleration events, state events and bounce events. Among them, the speed event encapsulates the folding speed, the direction event encapsulates the folding direction, the acceleration event encapsulates the folding acceleration, and the state event encapsulates the folding state of the folding screen obtained according to the angle. The folding state is the expanded state, the closed state or the half-expanded state. , The rebound event is encapsulated with a rebound mark, which is used to indicate whether the folding screen is folded and then returned.
本申请实施例中,反弹事件中的被折叠后返回指的是,先向一个方向折叠(如向展开方向折叠),后又向另一个方向折叠(如向闭合方向折叠)。示例性的,反弹折叠可以是先向展开方向折叠一定角度,再向闭合方向折叠。反弹折叠也可以是先向闭合方向折叠一定角度,再向展开方向折叠。In the embodiments of the present application, the folded back in the rebound event refers to first folding in one direction (for example, folding in the unfolding direction), and then folding in another direction (for example, folding in the closing direction). Exemplarily, the rebound folding may be first folding a certain angle in the unfolding direction, and then folding in the closing direction. The rebound folding can also be the first folding to a certain angle in the closing direction, and then folding in the unfolding direction.
例如,参考图10,电子设备100中还可以包括有输入设备管理器(input management),该输入设备管理器与输入读取器相连,能够用于根据输入读取器所采集的原参数,封装生成对应的事件,如角度事件、速度事件、方向事件、加速度事件、状态事件和反弹事件。For example, referring to FIG. 10, the electronic device 100 may also include an input device manager (input management). The input device manager is connected to the input reader and can be used to package the original parameters collected by the input reader. Generate corresponding events, such as angle events, speed events, direction events, acceleration events, status events and bounce events.
S904、电子设备根据铰链折叠事件生成事件监视器。S904. The electronic device generates an event monitor according to the hinge folding event.
电子设备可以根据不同的铰链折叠事件生成不同的事件监视器,事件监视器可以用于对铰链折叠事件进行监控。The electronic device can generate different event monitors according to different hinge folding events, and the event monitor can be used to monitor the hinge folding events.
示例性的,事件监视器可以包括铰链夹角监视器,用于对夹角事件封装的夹角进行监视。Exemplarily, the event monitor may include a hinge included angle monitor for monitoring the included angle of the included angle event package.
事件监视器还包括:铰链方向监视器,铰链状态监视器,铰链运动监视器,第一铰链反弹监视器,第二铰链反弹监视器,第三铰链反弹监视器以及铰链反弹滑动监视器。The event monitor also includes: hinge direction monitor, hinge state monitor, hinge motion monitor, first hinge rebound monitor, second hinge rebound monitor, third hinge rebound monitor, and hinge rebound slide monitor.
其中,铰链方向监视器用于对方向事件封装的折叠方向进行监视;铰链状态监视器用于对夹角事件封装的夹角,速度事件封装的折叠速度,以及加速度事件封装的折叠加速度中的一个或多个进行监控,以获得可以表示铰链设备是否在转动的布尔值;铰链运动监视器用于对夹角事件封装的角度,速度事件封装的折叠速度,方向事件封装的折叠方向,及加速度事件封装的折叠加速度进行监视;第一铰链反弹监视器用于对方向事件封装的折叠方向和夹角事件封装的角度进行监视;第二铰链反弹监视器用于对方向事件封装的折叠方向进行监视;第三铰链反弹监视器用于对夹角事件封装的角度进行监视;铰链反弹滑动监视器用于对方向事件封装的折叠方向进行监视,以获得与折叠方向对应的目标事件,目标事件包括:预定义的折叠操作事件或预定义的系统事件。Among them, the hinge direction monitor is used to monitor the folding direction of the direction event package; the hinge state monitor is used to monitor one or more of the included angle of the included angle event package, the folding speed of the speed event package, and the folding acceleration of the acceleration event package. One is monitored to obtain a Boolean value that can indicate whether the hinge device is rotating; the hinge motion monitor is used to encapsulate the angle of the angle event, the folding speed of the velocity event, the folding direction of the direction event, and the folding of the acceleration event. Acceleration monitoring; the first hinge rebound monitor is used to monitor the folding direction of the directional event package and the angle of the included angle event package; the second hinge rebound monitor is used to monitor the folding direction of the directional event package; the third hinge rebound monitor The monitor is used to monitor the angle encapsulated by the angle event; the hinge rebound sliding monitor is used to monitor the folding direction of the directional event encapsulation to obtain the target event corresponding to the folding direction. The target event includes: predefined folding operation event or pre- Defined system events.
如图10所示,电子设备100中可以包括有事件监视器,该事件监视器可以用于对 输入设备管理器所封装生成的不同的铰链折叠事件中的参数进行监控。在一些实施例中,视图层中可以包括有一个事件监视器,该事件监视器能够对所有类型的铰链事件所包括所有原数据进行监控。在另一些实施例中,视图层可以针对不同的铰链折叠事件设置不同事件监视器,不同的事件监视器能够监控对应铰链折叠事件中的参数。As shown in FIG. 10, the electronic device 100 may include an event monitor, and the event monitor may be used to monitor parameters in different hinge folding events encapsulated and generated by the input device manager. In some embodiments, an event monitor may be included in the view layer, and the event monitor can monitor all original data included in all types of hinge events. In other embodiments, the view layer can set different event monitors for different hinge folding events, and different event monitors can monitor the parameters in the corresponding hinge folding events.
S905、电子设备根据事件监视器对铰链折叠事件的监控结果执行对应功能。S905. The electronic device executes a corresponding function according to the monitoring result of the hinge folding event by the event monitor.
示例性的,事件监视器可以是设置在视图层的事件监视器。其中,根据监控结果的不同,电子设备所执行对应功能的程度不同。例如,夹角的大小不同,执行对应功能的程度不同;折叠速度的大小不同,执行对应功能的程度不同;折叠方向不同,执行对应功能的程度不同;或,折叠加速度的大小不同,执行对应功能的程度不同。Exemplarily, the event monitor may be an event monitor provided in the view layer. Among them, according to different monitoring results, the degree of corresponding functions performed by the electronic device is different. For example, the size of the included angle is different, the degree of performing the corresponding function is different; the size of the folding speed is different, the degree of performing the corresponding function is different; the folding direction is different, the degree of performing the corresponding function is different; or the size of the folding acceleration is different, the corresponding function is performed The degree is different.
在本申请实施例提供的方法可以用于多种场景下,例如:电子设备根据铰链夹角监视器对夹角事件封装的夹角的监视结果,调整折叠屏的亮度。电子设备根据铰链夹角监视器对夹角事件封装的夹角的监视结果,调整电子设备相机的变焦倍率。电子设备根据铰链夹角监视器对夹角事件封装的夹角的监视结果,调整视频的播放速率。电子设备的应用根据第一铰链反弹监视器,第二铰链反弹监视器或第三铰链反弹监视器对对应事件中封装的参数的监视结果,执行对应功能;或,电子设备根据第一铰链反弹监视器,第二铰链反弹监视器或第三铰链反弹监视器对对应事件中封装的参数的监视结果,确定对应的目标事件,电子设备的应用执行目标事件对应的功能。The method provided in the embodiments of the present application can be used in various scenarios. For example, the electronic device adjusts the brightness of the folding screen according to the monitoring result of the included angle encapsulated by the hinge included angle monitor on the included angle event. The electronic device adjusts the zoom ratio of the camera of the electronic device according to the monitoring result of the included angle encapsulated by the included angle event by the hinge included angle monitor. The electronic device adjusts the video playback rate according to the monitoring result of the included angle encapsulated by the included angle event by the hinge included angle monitor. The application of the electronic device executes the corresponding function according to the monitoring results of the first hinge rebound monitor, the second hinge rebound monitor or the third hinge rebound monitor on the parameters encapsulated in the corresponding event; or, the electronic device monitors the first hinge rebound The monitoring result of the parameter encapsulated in the corresponding event by the second hinge rebound monitor or the third hinge rebound monitor determines the corresponding target event, and the application of the electronic device executes the function corresponding to the target event.
电子设备的应用根据铰链反弹滑动监视器对方向事件中封装的折叠方向进行监视获得的目标事件,执行对应的功能。The application of the electronic device performs the corresponding function according to the target event obtained by monitoring the folding direction encapsulated in the direction event by the hinge rebound sliding monitor.
在本申请实施例中,如上述说明,电子设备可以在如图10所示的视图层中设置事件监视器对铰链折叠事件进行监控,在另一些实现方式中,上层应用也可以通过app对与之对应的铰链折叠事件进行监控。当app想要监控某个类型的事件时,可以从视图层继承该事件对应的监控器,即可实现对该类型事件中的参数的监控。示例性的,如果app想要监控夹角事件,那么,该app就可以从视图层中继承夹角监视器,实现对夹角的监控。如果app想要监控方向事件,那么,该app就可以从视图层中继承方向监视器,实现对折叠方向的监控。如果app想要监控加速度事件,那么,该app就可以从视图层中继承加速度监视器,实现对折叠加速度的监控。例如,电子设备中预设的阅读app可以根据夹角事件中夹角的变化调节阅读界面的亮度,那么,该阅读app就可以对该铰链折叠事件(如夹角事件)进行监控,并根据监控结果执行对应功能。In the embodiment of the present application, as described above, the electronic device can set an event monitor in the view layer as shown in FIG. 10 to monitor hinge folding events. In other implementations, the upper-layer application can also communicate with each other through the app. The corresponding hinge folding event is monitored. When the app wants to monitor a certain type of event, it can inherit the monitor corresponding to the event from the view layer to realize the monitoring of the parameters in the type of event. Exemplarily, if the app wants to monitor the angle event, then the app can inherit the angle monitor from the view layer to realize the monitoring of the angle. If the app wants to monitor direction events, then the app can inherit the direction monitor from the view layer to monitor the folding direction. If the app wants to monitor acceleration events, then the app can inherit the acceleration monitor from the view layer to monitor the folding acceleration. For example, the preset reading app in the electronic device can adjust the brightness of the reading interface according to the angle change in the included angle event, then the reading app can monitor the hinge folding event (such as the included angle event), and monitor As a result, the corresponding function is executed.
这样,用户通过对电子设备中的铰链设备(如折叠屏)输入折叠操作,电子设备就可以收集该折叠屏的参数,并将这些参数分别封装获取对应的事件。以便电子设备对通过与不同事件对应的监视器对上述事件中的参数进行监控,进而根据监控结果执行对应的功能。就实现了用户通过折叠操作对电子设备中对应功能的调节。由于用户输入的折叠操作是连续的,可以引起折叠操作的参数的连续的变化,而电子设备也能够实时的监控这些参数的变化,因此,就能够实现对于渐变效果的连续调节。本申请实施例提供的方法,由于不需要用户触摸屏幕或通过实体按键对渐变效果进行调节,因此实现了对渐变效果的调节的同时,还不会遮挡用户的视线,并具有很高的精确度。In this way, the user inputs a folding operation to a hinge device (such as a folding screen) in the electronic device, the electronic device can collect the parameters of the folding screen, and encapsulate these parameters to obtain corresponding events. In this way, the electronic device can monitor the parameters in the above-mentioned event through the monitor corresponding to the different event, and then execute the corresponding function according to the monitoring result. This realizes that the user can adjust the corresponding functions in the electronic device through the folding operation. Since the folding operation input by the user is continuous, it can cause continuous changes in the parameters of the folding operation, and the electronic device can also monitor the changes in these parameters in real time, so that continuous adjustment of the gradual effect can be achieved. The method provided in the embodiments of the present application does not require the user to touch the screen or adjust the gradual effect through physical buttons, so that the gradual effect is adjusted without blocking the user's sight, and has high accuracy .
以下结合具体场景示例,对本申请实施例提供的一种具有折叠屏的电子设备的控制方法进行说明。The following describes a method for controlling an electronic device with a folding screen provided by an embodiment of the present application in combination with specific scenario examples.
示例性的,本申请实施例提供的方法至少可以应用于如下应用场景(1)、应用场景(2)、应用场景(3)以及应用场景(4)中:Exemplarily, the method provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied at least in the following application scenarios (1), application scenarios (2), application scenarios (3), and application scenarios (4):
应用场景(1):电子设备处于闭合状态(例如,图1中的(c)所示的状态),即A屏和B屏在显示侧形成的夹角α为0,同时A屏和B屏均处于黑屏。Application scenario (1): The electronic device is in a closed state (for example, the state shown in (c) in Figure 1), that is, the angle α formed by the A screen and the B screen on the display side is 0, and the A screen and the B screen All are in a black screen.
用户在想要通过操作折叠屏来调整折叠屏的亮度时,可以对折叠屏进行折叠操作。如,用户打开处于闭合状态的A屏和B屏。在用户打开A屏和B屏的过程中,电子设备可执行上述S902-S904,以生成对应的夹角事件及铰链夹角监视器。电子设备根据铰链夹角监视器对夹角事件封装的A屏和B屏之间的夹角的监视结果,便可对折叠屏的亮度进行调整。其中,电子设备对折叠屏亮度的控制可以是对折叠屏中的一块或多块折叠屏的亮度的控制。When the user wants to adjust the brightness of the folding screen by operating the folding screen, the folding screen can be folded. For example, the user opens screens A and B in the closed state. When the user opens the A screen and the B screen, the electronic device can execute the above S902-S904 to generate the corresponding angle event and hinge angle monitor. The electronic device can adjust the brightness of the folding screen according to the monitoring result of the angle between the A screen and the B screen encapsulated by the angle event by the hinge angle monitor. The control of the brightness of the folding screen by the electronic device may be the control of the brightness of one or more folding screens in the folding screen.
示例性的,在本申请实施例中,随着A屏和B屏之间的夹角的增大,如A屏和B屏从闭合到展开,折叠屏的亮度可以逐渐变亮。例如,如图12所示,电子设备处于如图12中的(a)所示的闭合状态,A屏和B屏均黑屏,即亮度为0。在用户逐渐打开折叠屏,即通过转动A屏和/或B屏,使得折叠屏从闭合状态,变为半展开状态,后又变为展开状态的过程中,A屏和B屏之间的夹角α逐渐变大。折叠屏的亮度可以随A屏和B屏之间的夹角α的变大而增大。如,结合图13所示的亮度与夹角α的对应关系示意图,如图12中的(b)-(d)所示,当α为45°时,折叠屏的亮度可以为折叠屏预设最大亮度的25%。当α为90°时,折叠屏屏的亮度可以为预设最大亮度的50%。当α为180°时,折叠屏的亮度可以为预设最大亮度的100%。Exemplarily, in the embodiment of the present application, as the angle between the A screen and the B screen increases, such as the A screen and the B screen are closed to unfolded, the brightness of the folding screen may gradually become brighter. For example, as shown in FIG. 12, the electronic device is in the closed state as shown in (a) of FIG. 12, and both the A screen and the B screen are black, that is, the brightness is 0. When the user gradually opens the folding screen, that is, by turning the A screen and/or the B screen, the folding screen is changed from the closed state to the semi-expanded state, and then to the expanded state, the folder between the A screen and the B screen The angle α gradually becomes larger. The brightness of the folding screen can increase as the angle α between the A screen and the B screen increases. For example, in conjunction with the schematic diagram of the corresponding relationship between the brightness and the included angle α shown in FIG. 13, as shown in (b)-(d) in FIG. 12, when α is 45°, the brightness of the folding screen can be preset for the folding screen 25% of maximum brightness. When α is 90°, the brightness of the folding screen can be 50% of the preset maximum brightness. When α is 180°, the brightness of the folding screen may be 100% of the preset maximum brightness.
需要说明的是,上述夹角α与亮度的对应关系仅仅是本申请实施例在该场景下的一种示例性说明。夹角α与亮度的对应关系也可以不同于如图13所示的对应关系,例如,α为30°时,折叠屏亮度为预设最大亮度的50%,α为60°时,折叠屏亮度为预设最大亮度的60%,α为90°时,折叠屏亮度为预设最大亮度的75%,α为180°时,折叠屏亮度为预设最大亮度的100%。这样,随着折叠屏打开角度的变大,折叠屏变亮的速度变慢,有利于用户对于折叠屏亮度的精细化调节。It should be noted that the above-mentioned corresponding relationship between the included angle α and the brightness is merely an exemplary description of the embodiment of the present application in this scenario. The corresponding relationship between the angle α and the brightness can also be different from that shown in Figure 13. For example, when α is 30°, the brightness of the folding screen is 50% of the preset maximum brightness, and when α is 60°, the brightness of the folding screen is It is 60% of the preset maximum brightness. When α is 90°, the brightness of the folding screen is 75% of the preset maximum brightness. When α is 180°, the brightness of the folding screen is 100% of the preset maximum brightness. In this way, as the opening angle of the folding screen becomes larger, the speed at which the folding screen becomes bright becomes slower, which is beneficial to the user to finely adjust the brightness of the folding screen.
在一些实施例中,当电子设备处于展开状态(例如,图1中的(a)所示的状态),即电子设备中的折叠屏处于展开状态,折叠屏的亮度为预设最大亮度时,如果用户在想要通过操作折叠屏来调整折叠屏的亮度,可以对折叠屏进行闭合操作。如,电子设备可以调整折叠屏中的A屏和/或B屏的亮度随着A屏与B屏的夹角α的变小而变暗,直至折叠屏闭合,折叠屏亮度降低为0,此时折叠屏处于黑屏的状态。In some embodiments, when the electronic device is in an unfolded state (for example, the state shown in (a) in FIG. 1), that is, when the folding screen in the electronic device is in the unfolded state, and the brightness of the folding screen is the preset maximum brightness, If the user wants to adjust the brightness of the folding screen by operating the folding screen, the folding screen can be closed. For example, the electronic device can adjust the brightness of the A screen and/or B screen in the folding screen as the angle α between the A screen and the B screen decreases, and the brightness of the folding screen decreases to 0 until the folding screen is closed. When the folding screen is in a black screen state.
进一步的,用户也可以对处于半展开状态下(例如,图1中的(b)所示的状态)的折叠屏进行折叠的操作实现对折叠屏亮度的调整。当电子设备的折叠屏处于半展开状态下时,电子设备中的A屏与B屏并非闭合也没有打开形成同一平面,即折叠屏中的A屏与B屏之间的夹角α不等于0或者180°。电子设备可以响应于用户对折叠屏的折叠操作,调整折叠屏由当前亮度变亮或变暗。例如,A屏与B屏之间的夹角α为90°,用户对折叠屏进行闭合,随着A屏与B屏的夹角α的变小,A屏和/或B屏的亮度逐渐变暗,直至折叠屏闭合(即,α=0°),亮度减小到0,显示黑屏。对应的,用户对折叠屏进行展开,随着α的变小大,A屏和/或B屏的亮度逐渐变亮,直至折叠屏展开(即,α=180°),折叠屏的亮度增大到预设的折叠屏最大亮度。Further, the user can also perform a folding operation on the folding screen in a half-expanded state (for example, the state shown in (b) in FIG. 1) to adjust the brightness of the folding screen. When the folding screen of the electronic device is in a half-expanded state, the A screen and the B screen in the electronic device are not closed or opened to form the same plane, that is, the angle α between the A screen and the B screen in the folding screen is not equal to 0 Or 180°. The electronic device can adjust the folding screen to be brighter or darker from the current brightness in response to the user's folding operation on the folding screen. For example, the angle α between the A screen and the B screen is 90°, and the user closes the folding screen. As the angle α between the A screen and the B screen decreases, the brightness of the A screen and/or B screen gradually changes Dim until the folding screen is closed (that is, α=0°), the brightness is reduced to 0, and a black screen is displayed. Correspondingly, the user expands the folding screen. As α becomes smaller and larger, the brightness of the A screen and/or B screen gradually becomes brighter, until the folding screen is expanded (ie, α=180°), the brightness of the folding screen increases To the preset maximum brightness of the folding screen.
在用户使用电子设备时,通过对折叠屏的折叠操作,便可实现对电子设备的折叠屏的亮度的调节。该过程可应用于各种使用场景。例如,当用户使用电子设备通过阅读类应用进行阅读时,用户可以通过对折叠屏的展开或者闭合,来控制阅读界面的亮度。具体的实现方法请参考上述说明,此处不再赘述。When the user uses the electronic device, through the folding operation of the folding screen, the brightness of the folding screen of the electronic device can be adjusted. This process can be applied to various usage scenarios. For example, when a user uses an electronic device to read through a reading application, the user can control the brightness of the reading interface by expanding or closing the folding screen. For the specific implementation method, please refer to the above description, which will not be repeated here.
应用场景(2):电子设备打开相机,进入拍摄场景。该场景可以包括以下几种具体的实现情况。可以理解的是,当相机的变焦倍率处于该相机变焦范围的最大值时,对应的相机的焦距最远,当相机的变焦倍率处于该相机变焦范围的最小值时,对应的相机的焦距最近。因此,可以通过调整相机的变焦倍率来调整相机的焦距。Application scenario (2): The electronic device turns on the camera and enters the shooting scene. This scenario can include the following specific implementation situations. It is understandable that when the zoom ratio of the camera is at the maximum value of the zoom range of the camera, the focal length of the corresponding camera is the furthest, and when the zoom ratio of the camera is at the minimum value of the zoom range of the camera, the focal length of the corresponding camera is the closest. Therefore, the focal length of the camera can be adjusted by adjusting the zoom ratio of the camera.
情况(1):电子设备的折叠屏处于展开状态(例如图1中的(a)所示的状态),打开相机,进入拍摄场景。其中,电子设备的折叠屏处于展开状态时,相机焦距为最远焦距。Situation (1): The folding screen of the electronic device is in an unfolded state (for example, the state shown in (a) in FIG. 1), the camera is turned on, and the shooting scene is entered. Wherein, when the folding screen of the electronic device is in the unfolded state, the focal length of the camera is the farthest focal length.
用户在想要通过操作折叠屏来调整折相机的焦距时,可以对折叠屏进行闭合的操作。如,用户闭合处于展开状态的A屏和B屏。在用户闭合A屏和B屏的过程中,响应于用户的操作,电子设备可以执行上述S902-S904,以生成对应的夹角事件及铰链夹角监视器。电子设备根据铰链夹角监视器对夹角事件封装的A屏和B屏之间的夹角的监视结果,便可对相机的焦距进行调整。示例性的,电子设备根据铰链夹角监视器对夹角事件封装的夹角的监视结果,调整电子设备相机的变焦倍率。假设相机的变焦倍率的取值范围为[第一倍率,第二倍率]。那么,如果在执行折叠操作前,折叠屏的折叠状态为展开状态,且相机的变焦倍率为第二倍率,则监视到的夹角越小,相机的变焦倍率越小。例如,电子设备可以控制相机焦距随着A屏与B屏之间的夹角α变小而调近。其中,相机焦距的变化速度可以与折叠屏角度的变化速度成正相关的关系。请参考图14,用户可以在折叠屏展开状态(如图14中的(a)所示的状态)打开相机进入拍摄场景。当用户需要调整相机焦距时,逐渐闭合折叠屏,折叠屏上的A屏与B屏之间的夹角α随之减小,电子设备就可以根据夹角α的变化对相机的焦距进行调整。例如,结合图15的示例,并参考图14中的(b),当夹角α减小为90°时,电子设备可以控制相机的焦距调整到最远焦距的50%。当夹角α减小为45°时(如图14中的(c)所示),相机的焦距可以调整到最远焦距的25%。而当用户将折叠屏折叠至闭合状态,即A屏与B屏之间的夹角α为0°时(如图14中的(d)所示),电子设备可以控制相机的焦距随之调整到最近。When the user wants to adjust the focal length of the folding camera by operating the folding screen, the folding screen can be closed. For example, the user closes the A and B screens in the expanded state. In the process of the user closing the A screen and the B screen, in response to the user's operation, the electronic device may execute the foregoing S902-S904 to generate a corresponding angle event and a hinge angle monitor. The electronic device can adjust the focal length of the camera according to the monitoring result of the included angle between the A screen and the B screen encapsulated by the included angle event by the hinge included angle monitor. Exemplarily, the electronic device adjusts the zoom ratio of the camera of the electronic device according to the monitoring result of the included angle encapsulated by the included angle event by the hinge included angle monitor. Suppose the range of the zoom magnification of the camera is [first magnification, second magnification]. Then, if the folding state of the folding screen is the unfolded state before the folding operation is performed, and the zoom magnification of the camera is the second magnification, the smaller the monitored included angle, the smaller the zoom magnification of the camera. For example, the electronic device can control the camera focal length to be adjusted closer as the angle α between the A screen and the B screen becomes smaller. Among them, the change speed of the camera focal length can be positively correlated with the change speed of the angle of the folding screen. Please refer to FIG. 14, the user can open the camera to enter the shooting scene in the expanded state of the folding screen (as shown in (a) of FIG. 14). When the user needs to adjust the focal length of the camera, the folding screen is gradually closed, the angle α between the A screen and the B screen on the folding screen decreases, and the electronic device can adjust the focal length of the camera according to the change of the angle α. For example, in conjunction with the example in FIG. 15 and referring to (b) in FIG. 14, when the included angle α is reduced to 90°, the electronic device can control the focal length of the camera to be adjusted to 50% of the farthest focal length. When the included angle α is reduced to 45° (as shown in (c) in Figure 14), the focal length of the camera can be adjusted to 25% of the farthest focal length. When the user folds the folding screen to the closed state, that is, when the angle α between the A screen and the B screen is 0° (as shown in (d) in Figure 14), the electronic device can control the focal length of the camera to adjust accordingly Until recently.
在本申请的另一些实施例中,当用户在折叠屏处于展开状态下打开相机,且相机处于最小焦距时,用户也可以通过对折叠屏进行闭合操作来对相机的焦距进行调整。示例性的,如果在执行折叠操作前,折叠屏的折叠状态为展开状态,且相机的变焦倍率为第一倍率,则监视到的夹角越小,相机的变焦倍率越大。In some other embodiments of the present application, when the user opens the camera with the folding screen in the unfolded state, and the camera is at the minimum focal length, the user can also adjust the focal length of the camera by closing the folding screen. Exemplarily, if the folding state of the folding screen is the unfolded state before the folding operation is performed, and the zoom magnification of the camera is the first magnification, the smaller the monitored included angle, the greater the zoom magnification of the camera.
情况(2):电子设备处于闭合(例如图1中的(c)所示的状态),打开相机,进入拍摄场景。其中,电子设备处于闭合状态时,相机焦距为最远焦距。Case (2): The electronic device is closed (for example, the state shown in (c) in Figure 1), the camera is turned on, and the shooting scene is entered. Wherein, when the electronic device is in the closed state, the focal length of the camera is the farthest focal length.
用户在想要通过操作折叠屏来调整折相机的焦距时,可以对折叠屏进行展开的操作。如,用户展开处于闭合状态的A屏和B屏。在用户展开A屏和B屏的过程中,响应于用户的操作,电子设备可以执行上述S902-S904,以生成对应的夹角事件及铰链夹角监视器。电子设备根据铰链夹角监视器对夹角事件封装的A屏和B屏之间的夹 角的监视结果,便可对相机的焦距进行调整。示例性的,电子设备根据铰链夹角监视器对夹角事件封装的夹角的监视结果,调整电子设备相机的变焦倍率。假设相机的变焦倍率的取值范围为[第一倍率,第二倍率]。那么,如果在执行折叠操作前,折叠屏的折叠状态为闭合状态,且相机的变焦倍率为第二倍率,则监视到的夹角越大,相机的变焦倍率越小。例如,用户将折叠屏逐渐展开,相机的焦距随之调近。其中,相机焦距变化的速度可以与折叠屏角度的变化速度成正相关的关系。类似于上述情况(1)中的说明,当用户需要调近相机焦距时,可以逐渐展开折叠屏,折叠屏上的A屏与B屏之间的夹角α随之逐渐变大。电子设备就可以根据该角度的变化程度调近相机焦距,直至折叠屏展开,即夹角α=180°,电子设备可以将相机的焦距调整到最近。例如,用户打开相机时,夹角α为0°,相机焦距为最远。用户展开折叠屏,夹角α随之增大。当夹角α为45°时,电子设备调整相机焦距到最远焦距的75%;当夹角α为90°时,电子设备调整相机焦距到最远焦距的50%;当夹角α为75°时,电子设备调整相机焦距到最远焦距的25%。当用户展开折叠屏时,即夹角α为180°,电子设备调整相机焦距到最近。When the user wants to adjust the focal length of the folding camera by operating the folding screen, the folding screen can be expanded. For example, the user expands the A and B screens in the closed state. In the process of the user expanding the A screen and the B screen, in response to the user's operation, the electronic device may execute the foregoing S902-S904 to generate a corresponding angle event and a hinge angle monitor. The electronic device can adjust the focal length of the camera according to the monitoring result of the angle between the A screen and the B screen encapsulated by the angle event by the hinge angle monitor. Exemplarily, the electronic device adjusts the zoom ratio of the camera of the electronic device according to the monitoring result of the included angle encapsulated by the included angle event by the hinge included angle monitor. Suppose the range of the zoom magnification of the camera is [first magnification, second magnification]. Then, if the folding state of the folding screen is the closed state before the folding operation is performed, and the zoom magnification of the camera is the second magnification, the larger the monitored angle, the smaller the zoom magnification of the camera. For example, if the user gradually unfolds the folding screen, the focus of the camera is adjusted closer. Among them, the speed at which the focal length of the camera changes can be positively correlated with the speed at which the angle of the folding screen changes. Similar to the description in the above case (1), when the user needs to adjust the focus of the camera, the folding screen can be gradually expanded, and the angle α between the A screen and the B screen on the folding screen gradually increases. The electronic device can adjust the focal length of the camera according to the degree of change of the angle until the folding screen is unfolded, that is, the included angle α=180°, and the electronic device can adjust the focal length of the camera to the nearest. For example, when the user turns on the camera, the angle α is 0°, and the focal length of the camera is the farthest. When the user unfolds the folding screen, the angle α increases accordingly. When the angle α is 45°, the electronic device adjusts the camera focal length to 75% of the farthest focal length; when the angle α is 90°, the electronic device adjusts the camera focal length to 50% of the farthest focal length; when the angle α is 75 °, the electronic device adjusts the focal length of the camera to 25% of the farthest focal length. When the user unfolds the folding screen, that is, the included angle α is 180°, and the electronic device adjusts the focus of the camera to the nearest.
需要说明的是,上述示例中的夹角α与相机焦距的对应关系仅仅是本申请实施例中包括的一种关系,在本申请的另一些实施例中,电子设备也可以对相机焦距以其他的对应关系进行调整。本申请实施例在此不再赘述。It should be noted that the corresponding relationship between the angle α and the focal length of the camera in the above example is only one of the relationships included in the embodiments of the present application. In other embodiments of the present application, the electronic device may also set other focal lengths of the camera. The corresponding relationship is adjusted. The embodiments of this application will not be repeated here.
在本申请的另一些实施例中,当用户在折叠屏处于闭合状态下打开相机,且相机处于最小焦距时,用户也可以通过对折叠屏进行闭合操作来对相机的焦距进行调整。示例性的,如果在执行折叠操作前,折叠屏的折叠状态为闭合状态,且相机的变焦倍率为第一倍率,则监视到的夹角越大,相机的变焦倍率越大。In some other embodiments of the present application, when the user opens the camera when the folding screen is closed and the camera is at the minimum focal length, the user can also adjust the focal length of the camera by closing the folding screen. Exemplarily, if the folding state of the folding screen is the closed state before the folding operation is performed, and the zoom magnification of the camera is the first magnification, the greater the monitored included angle, the greater the zoom magnification of the camera.
另外,如果采用上述情况(1)或者情况(2)中所提供的方式进行焦距的调整,那么,当折叠屏的初始位置并未处于展开或者闭合状态下时,用户可以先将折叠屏展开或者闭合,再按照上述情况(1)或情况(2)所提供的方法进行焦距的调整。In addition, if the method provided in the above case (1) or case (2) is used to adjust the focal length, then when the initial position of the folding screen is not in the expanded or closed state, the user can first unfold the folding screen or Close, and then adjust the focus according to the method provided in the above case (1) or case (2).
情况(3):电子设备的折叠屏处于半折叠状态(例如图1中的(b)所示的状态),如折叠屏上的A屏与B屏之间的夹角为α,α∈(0°,180°)。用户打开相机,进入拍摄状态。此时相机焦距为最远。用户可以通过调整折叠屏上A屏和B屏的角度调整相机的焦距。与上面两种情况类似的,电子设备可以执行上述S902-S904,以生成对应的夹角事件及铰链夹角监视器。电子设备根据铰链夹角监视器对夹角事件封装的A屏和B屏之间的夹角的监视结果,便可对相机的焦距进行调整。Case (3): The folding screen of the electronic device is in a half-folded state (for example, the state shown in (b) in Figure 1). For example, the angle between the A screen and the B screen on the folding screen is α, α∈( 0°,180°). The user turns on the camera and enters the shooting state. At this time the camera focal length is the farthest. The user can adjust the focus of the camera by adjusting the angles of the A and B screens on the folding screen. Similar to the above two cases, the electronic device can execute the above S902-S904 to generate the corresponding angle event and hinge angle monitor. The electronic device can adjust the focal length of the camera according to the monitoring result of the included angle between the A screen and the B screen encapsulated by the included angle event by the hinge included angle monitor.
示例性的,电子设备确定折叠屏上A屏与B屏之间的夹角α,以便确定折叠角度可调节量较大一侧的范围。例如,电子设备可以对比α与(180°-α)的大小关系,当α>(180°-α)时,确定折叠角度可调节量较大一侧的范围就可以是(0°-α),而当α<(180°-α)时,确定折叠角度可调节量较大一侧的范围就可以是(180°-α)。这样,当夹角α在可调节量较大一侧的范围内变化时,电子设备就可以控制相机的焦距进行相应的调整。Exemplarily, the electronic device determines the included angle α between the A screen and the B screen on the folding screen, so as to determine the range on the side with a larger adjustable folding angle. For example, the electronic device can compare the size relationship between α and (180°-α). When α>(180°-α), the range of the larger side of the folding angle can be determined as (0°-α) , And when α<(180°-α), the range that determines the larger adjustable amount of the folding angle can be (180°-α). In this way, when the included angle α changes within the range on the larger side of the adjustable amount, the electronic device can control the focal length of the camera to adjust accordingly.
如果在执行折叠操作前,折叠屏的折叠状态为半折叠状态,且相机的变焦倍率为第二倍率,则在夹角小于90°时,监视到的夹角越大,相机的变焦倍率越小,在夹角大于90°时,监视到的夹角越小,相机的变焦倍率越小;If the folding state of the folding screen is half-folded before performing the folding operation, and the zoom magnification of the camera is the second magnification, when the included angle is less than 90°, the larger the monitored included angle, the smaller the zoom magnification of the camera , When the included angle is greater than 90°, the smaller the monitored included angle, the smaller the zoom ratio of the camera;
例如,请参考图16中的(a),电子设备的折叠屏上的A屏与B屏之间的夹角为 60°时(即,α=60°)打开相机进行拍摄,电子设备确定折叠屏夹角α可调节量较大的一侧为(60°-180°)。这样,电子设备根据折叠屏的夹角变化调整相机焦距的策略就可以为:在(60°-180°)的范围内,增大夹角α,相机焦距随之调近。其中,夹角α的变化速度可以与相机焦距的调整速度成正相关的关系。例如,折叠角度α为60°时,相机焦距为最远。用户展开折叠屏,折叠屏的夹角随之增大。当夹角α为90°时,相机焦距可以被调整到最远焦距的75%;当夹角α为120°时,相机焦距可以被调整到最远焦距的50%;当夹角α为150°时,相机焦距可以被调整到最远焦距的25%;当折叠屏展开,即夹角α为180°时,相机焦距可以被调整到最近。当用户将折叠屏向折叠角度减小的方向折叠时,由于相机焦距已经处于最远的状态,因此焦距不会随着折叠角度的减小而进行调整。For example, please refer to Figure 16 (a), when the angle between the A screen and the B screen on the folding screen of the electronic device is 60° (that is, α=60°), the camera is turned on for shooting, and the electronic device is determined to be folded The side where the screen angle α can be adjusted is (60°-180°). In this way, the strategy for the electronic device to adjust the focal length of the camera according to the change of the included angle of the folding screen can be: in the range of (60°-180°), increase the included angle α, and the camera focal length will be adjusted accordingly. Among them, the changing speed of the angle α can be positively correlated with the adjustment speed of the camera focal length. For example, when the folding angle α is 60°, the camera focal length is the farthest. When the user unfolds the folding screen, the angle of the folding screen increases accordingly. When the angle α is 90°, the camera focal length can be adjusted to 75% of the farthest focal length; when the angle α is 120°, the camera focal length can be adjusted to 50% of the farthest focal length; when the angle α is 150 °, the camera focal length can be adjusted to 25% of the farthest focal length; when the folding screen is unfolded, that is, when the angle α is 180°, the camera focal length can be adjusted to the nearest. When the user folds the folding screen in the direction in which the folding angle decreases, since the focal length of the camera is already in the farthest state, the focal length will not be adjusted as the folding angle decreases.
又如,请参考图16中的(b),电子设备的折叠屏上的A屏与B屏之间的夹角为100°时(即,α=100°)打开相机进行拍摄,电子设备确定折叠屏夹角α可调节量较大的一侧为(0°-100°)。这样,电子设备根据折叠屏的夹角变化调整相机焦距的策略就可以为:在(0°-100°)的范围内,减小折叠角度α,相机焦距随之调近。其中,夹角α的变化速度可以与相机焦距的调整速度成正相关的关系。例如,用户打开相机时,夹角α为100°,相机焦距为最远。用户闭合折叠屏,当夹角α为75°时,相机焦距可以被调整到最远焦距的75%;夹角α为50°时,相机焦距为最远焦距的50%;夹角α为25°时,相机焦距可以被调整到最远焦距的25%;夹角α为0°时,相机焦距可以被调整到最近。当用户将折叠屏向夹角增大的方向展开折叠屏时,由于相机焦距已经处于最远的状态,因此焦距不会随着夹角的增大而进行调整。For another example, please refer to Figure 16 (b), when the angle between the A screen and the B screen on the folding screen of the electronic device is 100° (that is, α=100°), the camera is turned on for shooting, and the electronic device determines The side where the angle α of the folding screen can be adjusted is (0°-100°). In this way, the strategy for the electronic device to adjust the focal length of the camera according to the change of the included angle of the folding screen can be: in the range of (0°-100°), the folding angle α is reduced, and the focal length of the camera is adjusted accordingly. Among them, the changing speed of the angle α can be positively correlated with the adjustment speed of the camera focal length. For example, when the user turns on the camera, the angle α is 100°, and the focal length of the camera is the farthest. The user closes the folding screen. When the angle α is 75°, the camera focal length can be adjusted to 75% of the farthest focal length; when the angle α is 50°, the camera focal length is 50% of the farthest focal length; the angle α is 25 When °, the camera focal length can be adjusted to 25% of the farthest focal length; when the angle α is 0°, the camera focal length can be adjusted to the nearest. When the user unfolds the folding screen in the direction where the included angle increases, since the focal length of the camera is already at the farthest state, the focal length will not be adjusted as the included angle increases.
需要说明的是,上述情况(1)、情况(2)与情况(3)的示例均设定相机初始打开时焦距为最远焦距,在本申请的另一些实施例中,相机初始打开时的焦距也可以为最近焦距,此时用户闭合或展开折叠屏使得折叠屏中的A屏和B屏之间的夹角α发生变化,电子设备就可以控制相机以与上述情况(1)、情况(2)以及情况(3)说明中相反的方向对焦距进行调整。具体的实现方法类似,此处不再赘述。It should be noted that the above examples of cases (1), (2) and (3) all set the focal length of the camera to the farthest focal length when the camera is initially opened. In some other embodiments of the present application, the The focal length can also be the closest focal length. At this time, the user closes or unfolds the folding screen so that the angle α between the A screen and the B screen in the folding screen changes, and the electronic device can control the camera to match the above situation (1), situation ( 2) and case (3), adjust the focus in the opposite direction. The specific implementation method is similar and will not be repeated here.
情况(4):电子设备的折叠屏处于任意一个折叠状态下(例如图1中的(b)所示的状态),折叠屏上的A屏与B屏之间的夹角为α,α∈(0°,180°)。用户打开相机,进入拍摄状态。此时相机焦距的状态可以为最远焦距与最近焦距中的任意一个焦距的状态。用户可以通过调整折叠屏上A屏和B屏之间的夹角调整相机的焦距。其中,用户可以通过折叠屏调节将相机焦距调整到上述相机焦距的状态。与上面三种情况类似的,电子设备可以执行上述S902-S904,以生成对应的夹角事件及铰链夹角监视器。电子设备根据铰链夹角监视器对夹角事件封装的A屏和B屏之间的夹角的监视结果,便可对相机的焦距进行调整。Case (4): The folding screen of the electronic device is in any folding state (for example, the state shown in (b) in Figure 1), and the angle between the A screen and the B screen on the folding screen is α, α ∈ (0°,180°). The user turns on the camera and enters the shooting state. At this time, the state of the camera focal length can be any one of the farthest focal length and the closest focal length. The user can adjust the focal length of the camera by adjusting the angle between the A screen and the B screen on the folding screen. Among them, the user can adjust the focal length of the camera to the aforementioned state of the focal length of the camera through the adjustment of the folding screen. Similar to the above three cases, the electronic device can execute the above S902-S904 to generate the corresponding angle event and hinge angle monitor. The electronic device can adjust the focal length of the camera according to the monitoring result of the included angle between the A screen and the B screen encapsulated by the included angle event by the hinge included angle monitor.
示例性的,用户打开相机进入拍摄场景,通过折叠屏调节,将相机焦距调整至最远焦距与最近焦距之间的任意一个焦距,此时电子设备确定折叠屏上的A屏和B屏之间的夹角α,同时确定相机焦距的调节余量,那么,当用户对折叠屏进行闭合或展开的操作时,电子设备就可以响应于上述操作,调整相机的焦距。其中,焦距调整余量较大的一侧可以同折叠屏折叠角度可调节量较大一侧相对应。Exemplarily, the user turns on the camera to enter the shooting scene, adjusts the focal length of the camera to any focal length between the farthest focal length and the closest focal length through the folding screen adjustment. At this time, the electronic device determines between the A screen and the B screen on the folding screen At the same time, it determines the adjustment margin of the camera focal length. Then, when the user closes or unfolds the folding screen, the electronic device can adjust the focal length of the camera in response to the above operation. Among them, the side with larger focus adjustment margin may correspond to the side with larger adjustable folding angle of the folding screen.
如果在执行折叠操作前,折叠屏的折叠状态为半折叠状态,且相机的变焦倍率为 第三值,第三值大于第一倍率,且小于第二倍率,则在夹角大于90°,且第三值与第一倍率之差小于第二倍率与第三值之差时,监视到的夹角越大,相机的变焦倍率越小,监视到的夹角越小,相机的变焦倍率越大;在夹角大于90°,且第三值与第一倍率之差大于第二倍率与第三值之差时,监视到的夹角越大,相机的变焦倍率越大,监视到的夹角越小,相机的变焦倍率越小;在夹角小于90°,且第三值与第一倍率之差小于第二倍率与第三值之差时,监视到的夹角越大,相机的变焦倍率越大,监视到的夹角越小,相机的变焦倍率越小;在夹角小于90°,且第三值与第一倍率之差大于第二倍率与第三值之差时,监视到的夹角越大,相机的变焦倍率越小,监视到的夹角越小,相机的变焦倍率越大。If before performing the folding operation, the folding state of the folding screen is half-folded, and the zoom magnification of the camera is the third value, and the third value is greater than the first magnification and less than the second magnification, then the included angle is greater than 90°, and When the difference between the third value and the first magnification is less than the difference between the second magnification and the third value, the larger the monitored angle, the smaller the camera's zoom ratio, and the smaller the monitored angle, the larger the camera's zoom ratio ; When the included angle is greater than 90°, and the difference between the third value and the first magnification is greater than the difference between the second magnification and the third value, the greater the monitored included angle, the greater the zoom magnification of the camera, and the monitored included angle The smaller, the smaller the zoom magnification of the camera; when the included angle is less than 90°, and the difference between the third value and the first magnification is less than the difference between the second magnification and the third value, the larger the monitored angle, the camera's zoom The greater the magnification, the smaller the monitored included angle, and the smaller the camera’s zoom magnification; when the included angle is less than 90°, and the difference between the third value and the first magnification is greater than the difference between the second and third values, it will be monitored The larger the included angle of the camera, the smaller the zoom ratio of the camera, and the smaller the monitored included angle, the greater the zoom ratio of the camera.
例如,请参考图17,如图17中的(a)所示,电子设备的折叠屏处于60°折叠的状态,即折叠屏上的A屏和B屏之间的夹角α=60°。假设相机最远焦距对应相机处于30倍变焦的状态,用户通过折叠屏调节将相机焦距调整到20倍变焦的状态(如通过折叠屏上显示的焦距可选项选定20倍变焦),此时可以通过折叠屏的折叠来继续精确的调整相机焦距。电子设备确定相机焦距调整余量较大的一侧为0-20倍变焦的焦距调整,电子设备同时确定当前折叠屏所处状态下,夹角α的可调余量较大的一侧为(60°-180°),那么,电子设备就可以将焦距调节策略确定为:增大折叠角度时,变焦倍率减小,相机焦距对应调近。减小折叠角度时,变焦倍率增大,相机焦距对应调远。用户展开折叠屏时,夹角α对应增大,电子设备就可以根据夹角的变化以及上述策略调整相机的变焦倍率,以实现对相机焦距的调整。当α=90°时,变焦倍率调整可以被电子设备调整到15倍;当α=120°时,变焦倍率可以被调整为10倍;α=150°时,变焦倍率可以被调整为5倍;α=180°时(折叠屏展开),相机焦距可以被调近至最近焦距,即变焦倍率为0。对应的,用户闭合折叠屏,当α=30°时,变焦倍率可以被调整为25倍;α=0°(折叠屏闭合)时,相机焦距可以被调远至最远焦距,即变焦倍率为30倍。For example, please refer to FIG. 17, as shown in (a) of FIG. 17, the folding screen of the electronic device is in a 60° folded state, that is, the angle between the A screen and the B screen on the folding screen is α=60°. Assuming that the farthest focal length of the camera corresponds to the 30x zoom state of the camera, the user adjusts the camera focal length to the 20x zoom state through the folding screen adjustment (for example, the 20x zoom can be selected through the focal length option displayed on the folding screen). Continue to accurately adjust the focus of the camera by folding the folding screen. The electronic device determines that the side with the larger camera focal length adjustment margin is the focal length adjustment of 0-20x zoom, and the electronic device also determines that the side with the larger adjustable margin of the included angle α is ( 60°-180°), then the electronic device can determine the focal length adjustment strategy as: when the folding angle is increased, the zoom magnification is reduced, and the camera focal length is correspondingly adjusted closer. When the folding angle is reduced, the zoom magnification increases, and the camera focal length is adjusted further. When the user unfolds the folding screen, the included angle α is correspondingly increased, and the electronic device can adjust the zoom magnification of the camera according to the change of the included angle and the above-mentioned strategy, so as to adjust the focal length of the camera. When α=90°, the zoom magnification can be adjusted to 15 times by the electronic device; when α=120°, the zoom magnification can be adjusted to 10 times; when α=150°, the zoom magnification can be adjusted to 5 times; When α=180° (folding screen unfolded), the camera focal length can be adjusted to the closest focal length, that is, the zoom magnification is 0. Correspondingly, when the user closes the folding screen, when α=30°, the zoom ratio can be adjusted to 25 times; when α=0° (folding screen closed), the camera focal length can be adjusted to the farthest focal length, that is, the zoom ratio is 30 times.
又如,如图17中的(b)所示,电子设备的折叠屏处于夹角为60°折叠的状态,即折叠屏上的A屏和B屏的折叠角度α=60°。假设相机最远焦距对应相机处于30倍变焦的状态,用户通过折叠屏调节将相机焦距调整到10倍变焦的状态,此时可以通过折叠屏的折叠来继续调整相机焦距。电子设备确定相机焦距调整余量较大的一侧为10-30倍变焦的焦距调整,电子设备同时确定当前折叠屏所处状态下,夹角的可调余量较大的一侧为(60°-180°),那么,电子设备就可以将焦距调节策略确定为:增大折叠角度时,变焦倍率增大,相机焦距对应调远。减小折叠角度时,变焦倍率减小,相机焦距对应调近。用户展开折叠屏时,夹角α对应增大,电子设备就可以根据夹角的变化以及上述策略调整相机的变焦倍率,以实现对相机焦距的调整。当α=90°时,变焦倍率可以被调整为15倍;当α=120°时,变焦倍率可以被调整为20倍;当α=150°时,变焦倍率可以被调整为25倍;当α=180°时(折叠屏展开),相机焦距可以被调近至最远焦距,即变焦倍率为30倍。对应的,用户闭合折叠屏,当α=30°时,变焦倍率可以被调整为5倍;当α=0°(折叠屏闭合)时,相机焦距可以被调远至最近焦距,即变焦倍率调整为0倍。As another example, as shown in (b) of FIG. 17, the folding screen of the electronic device is in a folded state with an included angle of 60°, that is, the folding angles of the A screen and the B screen on the folding screen are α=60°. Assuming that the farthest focal length of the camera corresponds to the 30x zoom state of the camera, the user adjusts the camera focal length to the 10x zoom state through the folding screen adjustment. At this time, the camera focus can be continuously adjusted by folding the folding screen. The electronic device determines that the side with the larger camera focus adjustment margin is the focal length adjustment of 10-30x zoom. The electronic device also determines the current folding screen is in the state, the side with the larger adjustable margin of the included angle is (60 °-180°), then the electronic device can determine the focal length adjustment strategy as follows: when the folding angle is increased, the zoom magnification increases, and the camera focal length is adjusted correspondingly. When the folding angle is reduced, the zoom magnification is reduced and the camera focal length is correspondingly adjusted closer. When the user unfolds the folding screen, the included angle α is correspondingly increased, and the electronic device can adjust the zoom magnification of the camera according to the change of the included angle and the above-mentioned strategy, so as to adjust the focal length of the camera. When α=90°, the zoom ratio can be adjusted to 15 times; when α=120°, the zoom ratio can be adjusted to 20 times; when α=150°, the zoom ratio can be adjusted to 25 times; when α = 180° (folding screen unfolded), the camera focal length can be adjusted to the farthest focal length, that is, the zoom magnification is 30 times. Correspondingly, when the user closes the folding screen, when α=30°, the zoom ratio can be adjusted to 5 times; when α=0° (folding screen closed), the camera focal length can be adjusted to the nearest focal length, that is, zoom ratio adjustment Is 0 times.
应用场景(3):电子设备打开视频并播放。在视频播放过程中,用户可以通过展 开或闭合折叠屏(即改变折叠屏上的A屏和B屏之间的夹角α),控制视频进行快进或快退,同时控制视频播放的速度。电子设备可以执行上述S902-S904,以生成对应的夹角事件及铰链夹角监视器。电子设备根据铰链夹角监视器对夹角事件封装的A屏和B屏之间的夹角的监视结果,便可对视频的播放速率进行调整。为了便于说明,假设视频播放速率的取值范围[第一速率,第二速率],视频的正常播放速率大于第一速率且小于第二速率。该场景可以包括以下几种情况:Application scenario (3): The electronic device opens the video and plays it. During video playback, the user can control the video to fast forward or rewind by opening or closing the folding screen (that is, changing the angle α between the A screen and the B screen on the folding screen), and control the video playback speed at the same time. The electronic device can execute the above S902-S904 to generate the corresponding included angle event and hinge included angle monitor. The electronic device can adjust the video playback rate according to the monitoring result of the angle between the A screen and the B screen encapsulated by the angle event by the hinge angle monitor. For ease of description, assume that the value range of the video playback rate is [first rate, second rate], and the normal playback rate of the video is greater than the first rate and less than the second rate. This scenario can include the following situations:
情况(1):折叠屏闭合(即折叠屏上的A屏和B屏之间的夹角α=0°),打开视频并播放。用户逐渐展开折叠屏,以控制视频播放的速率。Situation (1): The folding screen is closed (that is, the angle α between the A screen and the B screen on the folding screen is α=0°), the video is opened and played. The user gradually expands the folding screen to control the rate of video playback.
如果在执行折叠操作前,折叠屏的折叠状态为闭合状态,且视频的播放速率为第三速率,第三速率大于第一速率,且小于第二速率,为视频的正常播放速率,则在夹角在0°至45°的范围内时,监视到的夹角越大,播放速率越大,在夹角在45°至135°的范围内时,监视到的夹角越大,播放速率越小,在夹角在135°至180°的范围内时,监视到的夹角越大,播放速率越大。If the folding state of the folding screen is closed before performing the folding operation, and the video playback rate is the third rate, the third rate is greater than the first rate and less than the second rate, which is the normal playback rate of the video, then When the angle is within the range of 0° to 45°, the larger the monitored angle, the greater the playback rate. When the angle is within the range of 45° to 135°, the larger the monitored angle, the greater the playback rate. Small, when the included angle is within the range of 135° to 180°, the larger the monitored angle, the greater the playback rate.
示例性的,可以将α=45°、90°、135°、180°作为临界点。请参考图18,为本申请实施例提供的一种视频播放速率与折叠屏夹角的对应关系示意图。如图17所示,用户将折叠屏由闭合状态展开,α随之变大。电子设备确定α∈(0°,90°)的范围内时,控制视频加速播放。其中,α∈(0°,45°)的范围内时,视频快进的速度逐渐增加,α∈(45°,90°)的范围内时,视频快进的速度逐渐减小。其中,电子设备随着折叠屏夹角的变化控制视频播放速率,可以是如图18所示的曲线1的正弦关系,也可以如图18所示的曲线2的线性关系,当然也可以是除曲线1与曲线2之外的其他对应关系。以下以折叠屏夹角的变化与视频播放速率呈线性(如图17所示的曲线2)关系进行示例性说明。Exemplarily, α=45°, 90°, 135°, and 180° may be used as critical points. Please refer to FIG. 18, which is a schematic diagram of the corresponding relationship between the video playback rate and the angle of the folding screen provided by an embodiment of this application. As shown in Figure 17, the user unfolds the folding screen from the closed state, and α becomes larger accordingly. When the electronic device determines that α ∈ (0°, 90°) is within the range, it controls the video to accelerate the playback. Among them, when α ∈ (0°, 45°), the speed of video fast forward gradually increases, and when α ∈ (45°, 90°), the speed of video fast forward gradually decreases. Wherein, the electronic device controls the video playback rate as the angle of the folding screen changes, which can be the sine relationship of curve 1 as shown in FIG. 18, or the linear relationship of curve 2 as shown in FIG. Correspondence other than curve 1 and curve 2. The following exemplarily describes the relationship between the change of the included angle of the folding screen and the video playback rate (curve 2 as shown in FIG. 17).
例如,视频正常播放时,即折叠屏闭合状态下,视频播放速率为每秒25帧。那么用户逐渐展开折叠屏,当α为15°时,视频播放速率可以增加到每秒30帧,而当α增加到30°时,视频播放速率可以进一步增加到每秒35帧。当α=45°时,视频播放速率达到最快,例如,可以是每秒40帧。随着用户继续展开折叠屏,α∈(45°,90°)的范围内,视频快进的速度逐渐减慢。当α为60°时,视频播放速率可以为到每秒35帧,而当α增加到75°时,快进速度进一步下降,视频播放速率可以是到每秒30帧。当α增加到90°时,视频播放速率恢复正常,例如可以是折叠屏闭合状态下的每秒25帧。For example, when the video is played normally, that is, when the folding screen is closed, the video playback rate is 25 frames per second. Then the user gradually unfolds the folding screen. When α is 15°, the video playback rate can be increased to 30 frames per second, and when α is increased to 30°, the video playback rate can be further increased to 35 frames per second. When α=45°, the video playback rate reaches the fastest, for example, it can be 40 frames per second. As the user continues to unfold the folding screen, within the range of α∈(45°, 90°), the fast forward speed of the video gradually slows down. When α is 60°, the video playback rate can be up to 35 frames per second, and when α is increased to 75°, the fast forward speed is further reduced, and the video playback rate can be up to 30 frames per second. When α increases to 90°, the video playback rate returns to normal, for example, it can be 25 frames per second when the folding screen is closed.
电子设备确定α∈(90°,180°)的范围内时,控制视频减缓播放速率。其中,α∈(90°,135°)的范围内时,视频播放速率逐渐变慢。α∈(90°,135°)的范围内时,视频播放速率逐渐恢复正常。例如,折叠屏上的A屏和B屏之间的夹角α为90°时,视频以正常速度进行播放,如每秒25帧。用户展开折叠屏,折叠屏上的A屏和B屏之间的夹角α逐渐变大,视频播放速率随之变慢。例如,当夹角α=105°时,视频播放的速度可以减慢到每秒20帧。当α=120°时,视频播放的速度可以进一步减慢到每秒15帧。当α=135°时,视频可以以最慢的速度播放,如每秒10帧。随着用户继续展开折叠屏,折叠屏上的A屏和B屏之间的夹角α继续变大,进入(135°,180°)的范围,视频播放速率随之逐渐恢复正常播放速率。例如,当α=150°时,视频可以以每秒15帧的速度播放,当α=165°时,视频可以以每秒20帧的速度播放。而当折叠屏展开时,即α=165°,电子设备就可以控制视频以正常的每秒25帧的速度播放。When the electronic device determines that α ∈ (90°, 180°) is within the range, it controls the video to slow down the playback rate. Among them, when α∈(90°, 135°), the video playback rate gradually slows down. When α ∈ (90°, 135°), the video playback rate gradually returns to normal. For example, when the angle α between the A screen and the B screen on the folding screen is 90°, the video is played at a normal speed, such as 25 frames per second. The user unfolds the folding screen, and the angle α between the A screen and the B screen on the folding screen gradually increases, and the video playback rate becomes slower. For example, when the angle α=105°, the video playback speed can be slowed down to 20 frames per second. When α=120°, the video playback speed can be further slowed down to 15 frames per second. When α=135°, the video can be played at the slowest speed, such as 10 frames per second. As the user continues to unfold the folding screen, the angle α between the A screen and the B screen on the folding screen continues to increase and enters the range of (135°, 180°), and the video playback rate gradually returns to the normal playback rate. For example, when α=150°, the video can be played at 15 frames per second, and when α=165°, the video can be played at 20 frames per second. When the folding screen is unfolded, that is, α=165°, the electronic device can control the video to be played at a normal speed of 25 frames per second.
情况(2):折叠屏展开(即折叠屏上的A屏和B屏之间的夹角α=180°),打开视频并播放。用户逐渐闭合折叠屏,以控制视频以不同的速度播放。Case (2): The folding screen is unfolded (that is, the angle between the A screen and the B screen on the folding screen is α=180°), and the video is opened and played. The user gradually closes the folding screen to control the video to be played at different speeds.
如果在执行折叠操作前,折叠屏的折叠状态为展开状态,且视频的播放速率为第三速率,则在夹角在180°至135°的范围内时,监视到的夹角越小,播放速率越小,在夹角在135°至45°的范围内时,监视到的夹角越小,播放速率越大,在夹角在45°至0°的范围内时,监视到的夹角越小,播放速率越小。If the folding state of the folding screen is the unfolded state before the folding operation is performed, and the video playback rate is the third rate, when the included angle is within the range of 180° to 135°, the smaller the monitored included angle, the playback The smaller the speed, when the included angle is within the range of 135° to 45°, the smaller the monitored angle is, the higher the playback rate is, and when the included angle is within the range of 45° to 0°, the monitored included angle The smaller, the lower the playback rate.
示例性的,类似于情况(1)中的说明,可以将α=45°、90°、135°、180°作为临界点。用户将折叠屏由展开状态逐渐闭合,α随之减小。电子设备确定α∈(90°,180°)的范围内时,控制视频减缓播放速率。当α=135°时,视频播放速率减小到最慢。随着用户继续闭合折叠屏,α∈(90°,135°)的范围内时,视频播放速率逐渐由最慢恢复正常,直至α=90°时,电子设备控制视频以正常的速度播放。用户可以继续闭合折叠屏,那么,α也会继续随之减小。电子设备确定α∈(0°,90°)的范围内时,控制视频加快播放速率。例如,电子设备确定α∈(45°,90°)的范围内时,控制视频逐渐加快播放速率。当α=45°时,视频播放速率加快到最大值。随着用户继续闭合折叠屏,α∈(0°,45°)的范围内时,视频逐渐由最快的播放速率逐渐恢复正常,直至折叠屏闭合,即α=0°,电子设备控制视频恢复正常的速度播放。Exemplarily, similar to the description in the case (1), α=45°, 90°, 135°, and 180° can be used as critical points. The user gradually closes the folding screen from the unfolded state, and α decreases accordingly. When the electronic device determines that α ∈ (90°, 180°) is within the range, it controls the video to slow down the playback rate. When α=135°, the video playback rate is reduced to the slowest. As the user continues to close the folding screen, when α∈(90°, 135°), the video playback rate gradually returns to normal from the slowest, until α=90°, the electronic device controls the video to be played at a normal speed. The user can continue to close the folding screen, then α will continue to decrease accordingly. When the electronic device determines that α ∈ (0°, 90°) is within the range, it controls the video to speed up the playback rate. For example, when the electronic device determines that α ∈ (45°, 90°) is within the range, it controls the video to gradually increase the playback rate. When α=45°, the video playback rate is accelerated to the maximum. As the user continues to close the folding screen, within the range of α∈(0°, 45°), the video gradually returns to normal from the fastest playback rate until the folding screen is closed, that is, α=0°, and the electronic device controls the video to resume Play at normal speed.
情况(3):折叠屏处于半展开状态,即折叠屏上的A屏和B屏之间的夹角α∈(0°,180°),打开视频并播放。用户可以通过对折叠屏折叠,改变折叠屏上的A屏和B屏之间的夹角大小,以控制视频以不同的速度播放。Case (3): The folding screen is in a half-expanded state, that is, the angle αε (0°, 180°) between the A screen and the B screen on the folding screen, the video is opened and played. The user can change the angle between the A screen and the B screen on the folding screen by folding the folding screen to control the video to be played at different speeds.
示例性的,请参考上述场景(2)中的情况(3)中的说明,与之类似,电子设备可以确定折叠屏上A屏与B屏之间的折叠角度α,并据此确定折叠角度可调节量较大的一侧。那么,电子设备就可以控制视频播放速率在该折叠角度可调节量较大的一侧的范围内进行调整。例如,电子设备确定(0°,α)的调整范围大于(α,180°)的调整范围,即α>(180°-α),那么,在本申请的一些实施例中,电子设备就可以将视频播放速率调整的策略确定为:Exemplarily, please refer to the description in the scenario (3) in the above scenario (2). Similarly, the electronic device can determine the folding angle α between the A screen and the B screen on the folding screen, and determine the folding angle accordingly The side with a larger amount of adjustment. Then, the electronic device can control the video playback rate to be adjusted within the range of the side with the larger adjustable folding angle. For example, the electronic device determines that the adjustment range of (0°, α) is greater than the adjustment range of (α, 180°), that is, α>(180°-α), then, in some embodiments of the present application, the electronic device may The strategy for adjusting the video playback rate is determined as:
当用户闭合折叠屏时,也就是折叠屏上A屏与B屏之间的夹角α变小时,电子设备就可以控制视频减缓播放速率,当折叠角度减小到α/2时,视频播放速率降到最慢。如果折叠角度随着用户的折叠继续减小,那么视频播放速率可以在(0,α/2)的范围内逐渐恢复正常播放速率,直至折叠屏闭合,α=0°,电子设备控制视频以正常的速度播放。相应的,当用户将折叠屏展开时,电子设备可以控制视频加快播放速率,当折叠角度增大到(180°-α)/2时,视频播放速率最快,而当折叠角度超过(180°-α)/2继续增大,那么电子设备就可以控制视频逐渐恢复正常的播放速率,直至折叠屏展开,视频播放速率恢复正常。When the user closes the folding screen, that is, the angle α between screen A and screen B on the folding screen becomes smaller, the electronic device can control the video to slow down the playback rate. When the folding angle decreases to α/2, the video playback rate Down to the slowest. If the folding angle continues to decrease as the user folds, the video playback rate can gradually return to the normal playback rate within the range of (0,α/2), until the folding screen is closed, α=0°, and the electronic device controls the video to be normal Playback speed. Correspondingly, when the user unfolds the folding screen, the electronic device can control the video to speed up the playback rate. When the folding angle increases to (180°-α)/2, the video playback rate is the fastest, and when the folding angle exceeds (180° -α)/2 continues to increase, then the electronic device can control the video to gradually return to the normal playback rate until the folding screen is expanded and the video playback rate returns to normal.
在本申请的另一些实施例中,电子设备也可以将视频播放速率调整的策略确定为:In some other embodiments of the present application, the electronic device may also determine the video playback rate adjustment strategy as:
当用户闭合折叠屏时,也就是折叠屏上A屏与B屏之间的折叠角度α变小时,电子设备就可以控制视频加快播放速率,当折叠角度减小到α/2时,视频播放速率升至最快。如果折叠角度随着用户的折叠继续减小,那么视频播放速率可以在(0,α/2)的范围内逐渐恢复正常播放速率,直至折叠屏闭合,α=0°,电子设备控制视频以正常的速度播放。相应的,当用户将折叠屏展开时,电子设备可以控制视频降低播放速率, 当折叠角度增大到(180°-α)/2时,视频播放速率最慢,而当折叠角度超过(180°-α)/2继续增大,那么电子设备就可以控制视频逐渐恢复正常的播放速率,直至折叠屏展开,视频播放速率恢复正常。When the user closes the folding screen, that is, the folding angle α between the A screen and the B screen on the folding screen becomes smaller, the electronic device can control the video to speed up the playback rate. When the folding angle is reduced to α/2, the video playback rate Rise to the fastest. If the folding angle continues to decrease as the user folds, the video playback rate can gradually return to the normal playback rate within the range of (0,α/2), until the folding screen is closed, α=0°, and the electronic device controls the video to be normal Playback speed. Correspondingly, when the user unfolds the folding screen, the electronic device can control the video to reduce the playback rate. When the folding angle increases to (180°-α)/2, the video playback rate is the slowest, and when the folding angle exceeds (180° -α)/2 continues to increase, then the electronic device can control the video to gradually return to the normal playback rate until the folding screen is expanded and the video playback rate returns to normal.
又如,电子设备确定(0°,α)的调整范围小于(α,180°)的调整范围,即α<(180°-α),那么,电子设备就可以对视频以与上述说明中的调整方法相反的策略进行播放速率的控制。在此不再赘述。For another example, the electronic device determines that the adjustment range of (0°, α) is less than the adjustment range of (α, 180°), that is, α<(180°-α), then the electronic device can compare the video with the above description Adjust the strategy opposite to the method to control the playback rate. I will not repeat them here.
本申请实施例同时提供另一种通过输入折叠操作对视频播放速率进行调整的示例。The embodiment of the present application also provides another example of adjusting the video playback rate by inputting a folding operation.
示例性的,折叠屏处于半展开状态,用户打开视频以正常的第三速率播放。当用户对折叠屏输入折叠操作,使得折叠屏的夹角发生变化时,电子设备可以控制视频以符合如图18中的曲线1所示出的速率进行播放。例如,折叠屏处于半展开状态时,夹角α为10°,此时视频以正常速率播放,当电子设备监控到夹角发生变化时,电子设备可以根据预置的夹角与播放速率的对应关系确定当前时刻夹角对应的播放速率。如,预置的对应关系为如图18所示的曲线2,当折叠屏的夹角发生变化时,电子设备调整视频按照速率1的速率进行播放。接下来,随着折叠屏的夹角的变化,电子设备控制视频播放速率的方法可以参考上述情况(1)或者情况(2),此处不再赘述。Exemplarily, the folding screen is in a half-expanded state, and the user opens the video and plays it at the normal third rate. When the user inputs a folding operation on the folding screen so that the included angle of the folding screen changes, the electronic device can control the video to be played at a rate conforming to the curve 1 shown in FIG. 18. For example, when the folding screen is in a half-expanded state, the included angle α is 10°. At this time, the video is played at a normal rate. When the electronic device monitors that the included angle changes, the electronic device can correspond to the preset included angle and the playback rate. The relationship determines the playback rate corresponding to the angle at the current moment. For example, the preset corresponding relationship is curve 2 as shown in FIG. 18. When the angle of the folding screen changes, the electronic device adjusts the video to play at a rate of 1. Next, as the angle of the folding screen changes, the method of controlling the video playback rate by the electronic device can refer to the above case (1) or case (2), which will not be repeated here.
需要说明的是,在视频播放场景下的上述情况(3)中,电子设备调整视频播放的速度可以是如上述说明中的在折叠屏上A屏与B屏的夹角为[0°-180°]的范围内进行的。在本申请另一些实施例中,电子设备也可以对视频播放速率在A屏与B屏的夹角为更小的范围内时进行调整。示例性的,假设视频开始播放时时A屏与B屏的夹角为α,并且(0°,α)的调整范围小于(α,180°),那么电子设备就可以控制视频在(0°,2α)的夹角范围内进行播放速率的调整,例如,当夹角小于α时,视频播放速率可以随着夹角的变化减慢,当夹角大于α且小于2α时,视频播放速率可以随着夹角的变化加快。而当夹角大于2α时,视频的播放速率可以不受角度变化的影响。It should be noted that in the above situation (3) in the video playback scene, the electronic device can adjust the video playback speed as in the above description. The angle between the A screen and the B screen on the folding screen is [0°-180 °]. In other embodiments of the present application, the electronic device may also adjust the video playback rate when the angle between the A screen and the B screen is within a smaller range. Exemplarily, assuming that when the video starts to play, the angle between screen A and screen B is α, and the adjustment range of (0°, α) is less than (α, 180°), then the electronic device can control the video at (0°, Adjust the playback rate within the included angle range of 2α). For example, when the included angle is less than α, the video playback rate can be slowed down as the included angle changes. When the included angle is greater than α and less than 2α, the video playback rate can be adjusted accordingly. The change of the angle is accelerated. When the included angle is greater than 2α, the video playback rate can be unaffected by the angle change.
可以理解的是,当本申请控制方法应用于视频播放的调节场景下时,用户通过对折叠屏的折叠操作,可以实现如上述3种情况的播放速率的调节。在另一些实施例中,该方法还可以用于调节视频快进或快退的播放。示例性的,视频快进可以对应于上述情况中的以大于第三速率的速率播放的情况,视频快退可以对应于上述情况中的以小于第三速率的速率播放的情况。这样,用户通过对折叠屏的折叠操作,就能够实现对于视频的快进或快退的调制。具体方法与上述3种情况类似,此处不再赘述。It is understandable that when the control method of the present application is applied to the adjustment scene of video playback, the user can realize the adjustment of the playback rate in the above three situations by folding the folding screen. In other embodiments, this method can also be used to adjust the fast forward or fast rewind playback of the video. Exemplarily, the video fast forward may correspond to the case of playing at a rate greater than the third rate in the above case, and the video rewind may correspond to the case of playing at a rate less than the third rate in the above case. In this way, the user can realize the fast-forward or fast-rewind modulation of the video through the folding operation of the folding screen. The specific method is similar to the above three cases, and will not be repeated here.
应用场景(4):电子设备的折叠屏处于任意角度。用户通过将折叠屏的A屏或B屏折叠任一角度再返回,即输入反弹操作,实现某一特定功能。Application scenario (4): The folding screen of the electronic device is at any angle. The user folds the A or B screen of the folding screen at any angle and then returns, that is, enters a rebound operation to achieve a specific function.
示例性的,当用户想要输入反弹操作对电子设备进行调节时,电子设备可以执行上述S902-S904,以生成对应的铰链反弹监视器。其中,该铰链反弹监视器可以包括能够对封装有折叠方向的方向事件以及封装有夹角的夹角事件的进行监视的第一铰链反弹监视器,能够对封装有折叠方向的方向事件进行监视的第二铰链反弹监视器,能够对封装有夹角的夹角事件进行监视的第三铰链反弹监视器,以及铰链反弹滑动监视器。Exemplarily, when the user wants to input a rebound operation to adjust the electronic device, the electronic device may execute the foregoing S902-S904 to generate a corresponding hinge rebound monitor. Wherein, the hinge rebound monitor may include a first hinge rebound monitor capable of monitoring the direction event of the encapsulated folding direction and the angle event of the encapsulated included angle, and the device capable of monitoring the direction event of the encapsulated folding direction The second hinge rebound monitor, the third hinge rebound monitor capable of monitoring the angle event with the enclosed angle, and the hinge rebound slide monitor.
其中,铰链反弹滑动监视器能够用于对方向事件封装的折叠方向进行监视,以获得与折叠方向对应的目标事件,该目标事件可以为预定义的折叠操作事件或预定义的 系统事件。The hinge rebound sliding monitor can be used to monitor the folding direction encapsulated by the direction event to obtain a target event corresponding to the folding direction. The target event may be a predefined folding operation event or a predefined system event.
在一些实施例中,电子设备的应用可以根据第一铰链反弹监视器,第二铰链反弹监视器或第三铰链反弹监视器对对应事件中封装的参数的监视结果,执行对应功能。In some embodiments, the application of the electronic device may perform corresponding functions according to the monitoring results of the first hinge rebound monitor, the second hinge rebound monitor, or the third hinge rebound monitor on the parameters encapsulated in the corresponding event.
在另一些实施例中,电子设备可以根据第一铰链反弹监视器,第二铰链反弹监视器或第三铰链反弹监视器对对应事件中封装的参数的监视结果,确定对应的目标事件,电子设备的应用执行目标事件对应的功能。In other embodiments, the electronic device may determine the corresponding target event according to the monitoring results of the first hinge rebound monitor, the second hinge rebound monitor, or the third hinge rebound monitor on the parameters encapsulated in the corresponding event. The application performs the function corresponding to the target event.
在另一些实施例中,电子设备还可以设置第四铰链反弹监视器,该第四铰链反弹监视器可以对反弹事件中封装的反弹标识进行监视,该反弹标识用于展示折叠屏是否被折叠后又返回。电子设备可以根据对该反弹标识的监视结果,执行对应的功能。In some other embodiments, the electronic device may also be provided with a fourth hinge rebound monitor, which can monitor the rebound indicator encapsulated in the rebound event, and the rebound indicator is used to show whether the folding screen is folded. Back again. The electronic device can execute the corresponding function according to the monitoring result of the rebound mark.
需要说明的是,电子设备的应用还可以根据铰链反弹滑动监视器对方向事件中封装的折叠方向进行监视获得的目标事件,执行对应的功能。It should be noted that the application of the electronic device can also execute the corresponding function according to the target event obtained by monitoring the folding direction encapsulated in the direction event by the hinge rebound sliding monitor.
在本申请实施例中,电子设备可以通过多种形式将上述不同监视器监视获取的参数发送给app,以便app执行对应的功能。In the embodiments of the present application, the electronic device may send the above-mentioned parameters monitored by different monitors to the app in various forms, so that the app can perform corresponding functions.
在一些实施例中,电子设备可以将接收到的反弹操作的参数以软件开发包(software development kit,SDK)的形式通过应用程序编程接口(application programming interface,API)提供给app,以便app根据当前业务场景,自行处理反弹操作事件对应的功能。In some embodiments, the electronic device may provide the received parameters of the rebound operation to the app in the form of a software development kit (SDK) through an application programming interface (API), so that the app can be based on the current Business scenario, handle the function corresponding to the rebound operation event by itself.
示例性的,假设当前业务场景为通过电子书阅读app进行阅读,电子设备的折叠屏处于展开状态,并且显示有当前阅读电子书的某一页的内容。Exemplarily, suppose that the current business scenario is reading through an e-book reading app, the folding screen of the electronic device is in an expanded state, and the content of a certain page of the currently read e-book is displayed.
例如,用户将折叠屏的B屏折叠α1的角度后不做停顿迅速再次展开折叠屏,其中α1小于第一预设阈值。那么,折叠屏从展开状态折叠α1后恢复展开状态就构成了一种反弹操作。电子设备可以将该反弹操作的参数发送给电子书阅读app,作为对该反弹操作的响应,电子书阅读app就可以执行翻到下一页的操作,即在电子设备的折叠屏上显示下一页的内容。对应的,用户对折叠屏的A屏输入上述反弹操作,那么电子书阅读app就可以执行翻到上一页的操作,即在电子设备的折叠应上显示上一页的内容。For example, after the user folds the B screen of the folding screen by an angle of α1, the folding screen is quickly expanded again without a pause, where α1 is less than the first preset threshold. Then, the folding screen is restored to the unfolded state after being folded α1 from the unfolded state, which constitutes a rebound operation. The electronic device can send the parameters of the rebound operation to the e-book reading app. As a response to the rebound operation, the e-book reading app can perform the operation of turning to the next page, that is, display the next page on the folding screen of the electronic device. The content of the page. Correspondingly, if the user inputs the above-mentioned bounce operation on the A screen of the folding screen, the e-book reading app can perform the operation of turning to the previous page, that is, the content of the previous page is displayed on the folding of the electronic device.
又如,用户将折叠屏的B屏折叠α2的角度后不做停顿迅速再次展开折叠屏,其中α2大于第一预设阈值且小于第二预设阈值。那么,折叠屏从展开状态折叠α2后恢复展开状态就构成了另一种反弹操作。电子设备可以将该反弹操作的参数发送给电子书阅读app,作为对该反弹操作的响应,电子书阅读app就可以执行退出本电子书,并进入下一本电子书上次阅读页或者首页的操作,并在电子设备的折叠屏上显示相关页面的内容。对应的,用户对折叠屏的A屏输入上述反弹操作,那么电子书阅读app就可以执行退出本电子书,并进入上一本电子书上次阅读页或者首页的操作,并在电子设备的折叠屏上显示相关页面的内容。For another example, the user folds the B screen of the folding screen by an angle of α2 and then quickly expands the folding screen again without pausing, where α2 is greater than the first preset threshold and less than the second preset threshold. Then, restoring the unfolded state after the folding screen is folded α2 from the unfolded state constitutes another rebound operation. The electronic device can send the parameters of the bounce operation to the e-book reading app. As a response to the bounce operation, the e-book reading app can exit the e-book and enter the last read page or home page of the next e-book. Operate and display the content of the relevant page on the folding screen of the electronic device. Correspondingly, if the user enters the above-mentioned bounce operation on the A screen of the folding screen, the e-book reading app can execute the operation of exiting the e-book and entering the last read page or home page of the previous e-book, and folding the electronic device The content of the relevant page is displayed on the screen.
又如,用户将折叠屏的B屏或A屏折叠α3的角度后,稍作停顿(如1秒)后再次展开折叠屏到展开状态,其中α3大于第二预设阈值。那么,折叠屏从展开状态折叠α3后稍作停顿再恢复展开状态就构成了另一种反弹操作。电子设备可以将该反弹操作的参数发送给电子书阅读app,作为对该反弹操作的响应,电子书阅读app就可以退出当前显示的电子书,回到用户图书馆页面,显示图书馆中的电子书。For another example, after the user folds the B screen or the A screen of the folding screen by an angle of α3, after a short pause (such as 1 second), the folding screen is expanded again to the expanded state, where α3 is greater than the second preset threshold. Then, after the folding screen is folded α3 from the unfolded state, it pauses for a while and then resumes the unfolded state, which constitutes another rebound operation. The electronic device can send the parameters of the rebound operation to the e-book reading app. As a response to the rebound operation, the e-book reading app can exit the currently displayed e-book and return to the user’s library page to display the e-book in the library. book.
在另一些实施例中,电子设备可以将预定义的反弹操作事件作为系统定义好的通用的标准折叠操作事件(例如触发方向为闭合方向的反弹闭合事件,又如触发方向为展开方向的反弹展开事件多等)通过API或系统广播的形式提供给系统或app。以便系统或app可以监控该事件以实现对应的功能。In other embodiments, the electronic device can use a predefined rebound operation event as a universal standard folding operation event defined by the system (for example, a rebound closing event whose trigger direction is the closing direction, or a rebound expansion whose trigger direction is the expansion direction. Many events, etc.) are provided to the system or app in the form of API or system broadcast. So that the system or app can monitor the event to achieve the corresponding function.
示例性的,电子设备正在播放音乐。用户可以通过输入反弹操作调整音乐音量以及切换音乐。Exemplarily, the electronic device is playing music. The user can adjust the music volume and switch music by inputting a rebound operation.
例如,折叠屏处于展开状态。预定义的反弹操作事件为折叠屏的B屏向闭合的方向折叠一定角度后再次展开。电子设备可以将该反弹操作作为反弹闭合事件提供给系统。系统可以建立该反弹闭合事件中的折叠角度的角变量与音量调整的对应关系,如折叠角度每发生α的角变量,音量对应减小1分贝。系统对该事件进行监控,当用户输入该反弹操作时,系统就可以根据反弹操作的角变量,确定音量减小的分贝数,进而对音乐的播放音量进行对应的调整。For example, the folding screen is in an expanded state. The predefined rebound operation event is that the B screen of the folding screen is folded to a certain angle in the closed direction and then unfolded again. The electronic device can provide the bounce operation as a bounce closing event to the system. The system can establish the corresponding relationship between the angle variable of the folding angle in the rebound closing event and the volume adjustment. For example, when the angle variable of α occurs in the folding angle, the volume is correspondingly reduced by 1 decibel. The system monitors the event. When the user inputs the bounce operation, the system can determine the decibel of the volume reduction according to the angle variable of the bounce operation, and then adjust the music playback volume accordingly.
又如,折叠屏处于闭合状态。预定义的反弹操作事件为折叠屏的B屏展开一定角度后再次闭合。电子设备可以将该反弹操作作为反弹展开事件提供给app。app就可以建立该反弹展开事件中的折叠加速度与音乐切换的对应关系,如折叠加速度大于预设阈值时,可以将当前播放的音乐切换到下一首。app对该事件进行检测,当用户输入该反弹操作时,app就可以根据反弹操作的折叠加速度,确定是否切换到下一首进行播放。For another example, the folding screen is in a closed state. The predefined rebound operation event is that the B screen of the folding screen is unfolded at a certain angle and then closed again. The electronic device may provide the bounce operation as a bounce deployment event to the app. The app can establish the correspondence between the folding acceleration in the rebound expansion event and the music switching. For example, when the folding acceleration is greater than the preset threshold, the currently playing music can be switched to the next song. The app detects this event, and when the user inputs the bounce operation, the app can determine whether to switch to the next song for playback according to the folding acceleration of the bounce operation.
在另一些实施例中,电子设备可以将反弹操作事件作为某一目标事件(如作为类似页面滑动事件中的向左或向右滑动的事件)进行处理,并将这一目标事件以SDK的形式通过API提供给app,那么需要使用该功能的app就可以继承该事件并作出响应。In other embodiments, the electronic device can treat the bounce operation event as a certain target event (for example, as a sliding left or right event in a similar page sliding event), and use this target event in the form of SDK Provided to the app through the API, then the app that needs to use the function can inherit the event and respond.
示例性的,用户正在使用电子设备通过图片预览app进行图片预览。其中,电子设备处于展开的装填。用户可以通过输入反弹操作对图片进行放大缩小的操作或切换到其他的图片进行浏览。Exemplarily, the user is using an electronic device to preview a picture through a picture preview app. Among them, the electronic device is in unfolded loading. The user can zoom in or zoom out the picture by inputting a bounce operation or switch to other pictures for browsing.
例如,请参考图19,反弹操作是将折叠屏的B屏向接近A屏的方向闭合或者向远离A屏的方向闭合一定角度(如
Figure PCTCN2020102812-appb-000005
)后再次展开。如图19中的(a)所示,当
Figure PCTCN2020102812-appb-000006
大于0时,即折叠屏的B屏向接近A屏的方向闭合,该反弹操作可以对应于同时向两端远离滑动的目标事件;当
Figure PCTCN2020102812-appb-000007
小于0时,即折叠屏的B屏向远离A屏的方向闭合,该反弹操作可以对应于同时向中间接近滑动的目标事件。电子设备将该反弹事件对应的目标事件以SDK的形式通过API提供给图片预览app。假设app在接收到同时向两端远离滑动的操作时对显示的图片进行放大,在接收到同时向中间接近滑动的操作时对显示的图片进行缩小。那么app就可以通过监控用户输入的反弹操作中折叠角度的大小以及方向确定将图片进行放大还是缩小。
For example, please refer to Figure 19, the bounce operation is to close the B screen of the folding screen towards the direction of the A screen or close to a certain angle away from the A screen (such as
Figure PCTCN2020102812-appb-000005
) And then expand again. As shown in (a) in Figure 19, when
Figure PCTCN2020102812-appb-000006
When it is greater than 0, that is, the B screen of the folding screen is closed in the direction close to the A screen, and the rebound operation can correspond to the target event of sliding away from both ends at the same time;
Figure PCTCN2020102812-appb-000007
When it is less than 0, that is, the B screen of the folding screen is closed in a direction away from the A screen, and the bounce operation may correspond to the target event of simultaneously sliding toward the middle. The electronic device provides the target event corresponding to the rebound event to the image preview app through the API in the form of SDK. Suppose that the app enlarges the displayed picture when receiving the operation of sliding away from both ends at the same time, and shrinks the displayed picture when receiving the operation of sliding closer to the middle at the same time. Then the app can determine whether to enlarge or reduce the image by monitoring the size and direction of the folding angle in the rebound operation input by the user.
又如,反弹操作是将折叠屏的A屏向接近B屏的方向闭合或者向远离B屏的方向闭合一定角度(如ξ)后再次展开。如图19中的(b)所示,当ξ大于0时,即折叠屏的B屏向接近A屏的方向闭合,该反弹操作可以对应于向左滑动的目标事件;当ξ小于0时,即折叠屏的B屏向远离A屏的方向闭合,该反弹操作可以对应于向右滑动的目标事件。电子设备将该反弹事件对应的目标事件以SDK的形式通过API提供给图片预览app。假设app在接收到向左滑动的操作时跳转到上一幅图片显示(如图19中 的(b)所示的小羊),在接收到向右滑动的操作时跳转到下一幅图片显示(如图19中的(b)所示的小老鼠)。那么app就可以通过监控用户输入的反弹操作中折叠角度的大小以及方向确定跳转显示上一幅图片还是下一幅图片。For another example, the rebound operation is to close the A screen of the folding screen in a direction close to the B screen or close to a certain angle (such as ξ) in a direction away from the B screen and then expand it again. As shown in (b) in Figure 19, when ξ is greater than 0, that is, screen B of the folding screen is closed in a direction close to screen A, and this rebound operation can correspond to the target event of sliding to the left; when ξ is less than 0, That is, screen B of the folding screen is closed in a direction away from screen A, and this bounce operation may correspond to the target event of sliding to the right. The electronic device provides the target event corresponding to the rebound event to the image preview app through the API in the form of SDK. Suppose that the app jumps to the previous picture display when it receives the operation of sliding to the left (the lamb shown in (b) in Figure 19), and jumps to the next picture when it receives the operation of sliding to the right The picture shows (the mouse shown in (b) in Figure 19). Then the app can determine whether to jump to display the previous picture or the next picture by monitoring the size and direction of the folding angle in the bounce operation input by the user.
将本申请实施例提供的通过反弹操作进行动态调整的方法在应用于应用场景(4)中时,也可以采用其他的一些不同于上述说明的实现方式,例如将反弹操作的某一特征对应的事件作为系统预设的事件功能来提供给系统以及app应用。如某一角度的反弹操作可以触发电子设备的截屏功能,某一角度的反弹操作可以触发电子设备打开语音助手的功能,某一角度的反弹操作可以触发电子设备打开相机等。When applying the method of dynamic adjustment through the rebound operation provided by the embodiment of the present application to the application scenario (4), other implementations different from the above description can also be used, for example, a certain feature of the rebound operation can be corresponding to Events are provided to the system and app applications as a preset event function of the system. For example, a rebound operation from a certain angle can trigger the screen capture function of the electronic device, a rebound operation from a certain angle can trigger the electronic device to turn on the voice assistant function, and a rebound operation from a certain angle can trigger the electronic device to turn on the camera.
本申请另一些实施例还提供了一种电子设备,用于执行以上各方法实施例中记载的方法。如图20所示,该电子设备可以包括:折叠屏2001、一个或多个处理器2002以及存储器2003。其中,该折叠屏2001是一种显示屏,其至少包括或可经折叠形成第一屏和第二屏,用于根据一个或多个处理器2002的指示进行内容显示。存储器2003用于存储一个或多个计算机程序2004。一个或多个处理器2002用于运行一个或多个计算机程序2004,该一个或多个计算机程序2004包括指令,上述指令可以用于执行如图9相应实施例中电子设备执行的各个步骤。以上折叠屏2001、处理器2002以及存储器2003可以通过通信线路2005互相连接。Other embodiments of the present application also provide an electronic device for executing the methods recorded in the above method embodiments. As shown in FIG. 20, the electronic device may include: a folding screen 2001, one or more processors 2002, and a memory 2003. The folding screen 2001 is a display screen, which at least includes or can be folded to form a first screen and a second screen for displaying content according to instructions from one or more processors 2002. The memory 2003 is used to store one or more computer programs 2004. The one or more processors 2002 are configured to run one or more computer programs 2004, and the one or more computer programs 2004 include instructions, and the foregoing instructions may be used to execute various steps performed by the electronic device in the corresponding embodiment of FIG. 9. The above folding screen 2001, the processor 2002, and the memory 2003 can be connected to each other through a communication line 2005.
例如,一个或多个处理器2002用于运行一个或多个计算机程序2004,以实现以下动作:接收用户对折叠屏2001的折叠操作;在用户执行折叠操作的过程中,实时获取折叠屏2001的原参数,该原参数可以包括以下参数中的至少一种:第一屏与第二屏之间的夹角,被折叠屏的折叠速度,被折叠屏的折叠方向和被折叠屏的折叠加速度。其中,被折叠屏为第一屏和第二屏中,用户执行折叠操作时转动的屏;根据实时获得的原参数执行对应功能;其中,夹角的大小不同,执行对应功能的程度不同;折叠速度的大小不同,执行对应功能的程度不同;折叠方向不同,执行对应功能的程度不同;或,折叠加速度的大小不同,执行对应功能的程度不同。For example, one or more processors 2002 are used to run one or more computer programs 2004 to implement the following actions: receive the folding operation of the folding screen 2001 by the user; and obtain the real-time information of the folding screen 2001 when the user performs the folding operation. Original parameter, the original parameter may include at least one of the following parameters: the angle between the first screen and the second screen, the folding speed of the folded screen, the folding direction of the folded screen, and the folding acceleration of the folded screen. Among them, the folded screen is the first screen and the second screen, the screen that the user turns when performing the folding operation; the corresponding function is executed according to the original parameters obtained in real time; among them, the size of the included angle is different, the degree of performing the corresponding function is different; The speed is different, the corresponding function is performed to a different degree; the folding direction is different, the corresponding function is performed to a different degree; or the folding acceleration is different, the corresponding function is performed to a different degree.
又例如,一个或多个处理器2002用于运行一个或多个计算机程序2004,以实现以下动作:根据原参数生成铰链折叠Hinge-Rotation事件,铰链折叠事件用于封装获得的原参数;铰链折叠事件包括夹角事件,夹角事件封装有夹角;根据铰链折叠事件生成事件监视器,事件监视器用于对铰链折叠事件进行监控;事件监视器包括铰链夹角监视器,铰链夹角监视器用于对夹角事件封装的夹角进行监视;根据事件监视器对铰链折叠事件的监控结果执行对应功能。For another example, one or more processors 2002 are used to run one or more computer programs 2004 to implement the following actions: generate hinge folding Hinge-Rotation events according to original parameters, and hinge folding events are used to encapsulate the obtained original parameters; hinge folding Events include angle events, which are encapsulated with angles; generate event monitors based on hinge folding events, which are used to monitor hinge folding events; event monitors include hinge angle monitors, which are used to Monitor the included angle encapsulated by the included angle event; execute the corresponding function according to the monitoring result of the hinge folding event by the event monitor.
在本申请的另一些实施例中,铰链折叠事件还包括以下事件类型中的至少一种:速度事件,方向事件,加速度事件,状态事件和反弹事件;其中,速度事件封装有折叠速度,方向事件封装有折叠方向,加速度事件封装有折叠加速度,状态事件封装有根据夹角获得的折叠屏2001的折叠状态,折叠状态为展开状态,闭合状态或半展开状态,反弹事件封装有反弹标识,反弹标识用于指示折叠屏2001是否被折叠后又返回。与之相对应的,事件监视器还包括以下监视器中的至少一种:铰链方向监视器,铰链状态监视器,铰链运动监视器,第一铰链反弹监视器,第二铰链反弹监视器,第三铰链反弹监视器,铰链反弹滑动监视器;其中,铰链方向监视器用于对方向事件封装的折叠方向进行监视;铰链状态监视器用于对夹角事件封装的夹角,速度事件封装的折 叠速度,及加速度事件封装的折叠加速度中的一个或多个进行监控,以获得布尔值,布尔值用于表示铰链设备是否在转动;铰链运动监视器用于对夹角事件封装的夹角,速度事件封装的折叠速度,方向事件封装的折叠方向,及加速度事件封装的折叠加速度进行监视;第一铰链反弹监视器用于对方向事件封装的折叠方向和夹角事件封装的夹角进行监视;第二铰链反弹监视器用于对方向事件封装的折叠方向进行监视;第三铰链反弹监视器用于对夹角事件封装的夹角进行监视;铰链反弹滑动监视器用于对方向事件封装的折叠方向进行监视,以获得与折叠方向对应的目标事件,目标事件包括:预定义的折叠操作事件或预定义的系统事件。In some other embodiments of the present application, the hinge folding event further includes at least one of the following event types: speed event, direction event, acceleration event, state event and bounce event; wherein the speed event encapsulates folding speed and direction event The folding direction is encapsulated, the acceleration event is encapsulated with the folding acceleration, and the state event is encapsulated with the folding state of the folding screen 2001 obtained according to the included angle. The folding state is the expanded state, the closed state or the half-expanded state, and the rebound event is encapsulated with a rebound mark and a rebound mark. Used to indicate whether the folding screen 2001 is folded and then returned. Correspondingly, the event monitor also includes at least one of the following monitors: hinge direction monitor, hinge state monitor, hinge motion monitor, first hinge rebound monitor, second hinge rebound monitor, and Three hinge rebound monitor, hinge rebound sliding monitor; among them, the hinge direction monitor is used to monitor the folding direction of the directional event package; the hinge state monitor is used to monitor the included angle of the included angle event package, and the folding speed of the speed event package, And one or more of the folding acceleration encapsulated by the acceleration event are monitored to obtain a Boolean value, which is used to indicate whether the hinge device is rotating; the hinge motion monitor is used to encapsulate the included angle of the included angle event, and the speed event encapsulated Monitor the folding speed, the folding direction of the direction event package, and the folding acceleration of the acceleration event package; the first hinge rebound monitor is used to monitor the folding direction of the direction event package and the included angle of the included angle event package; the second hinge rebound monitor The device is used to monitor the folding direction of the directional event package; the third hinge rebound monitor is used to monitor the included angle of the included angle event package; the hinge rebound sliding monitor is used to monitor the folding direction of the directional event package to obtain and fold The target event corresponding to the direction, the target event includes: a predefined folding operation event or a predefined system event.
又例如,一个或多个处理器2002用于运行一个或多个计算机程序2004,以实现以下动作:根据铰链夹角监视器对夹角事件封装的夹角的监视结果,调整折叠屏2001的亮度;其中,如果在执行折叠操作前,折叠屏2001的折叠状态为闭合状态,且折叠屏2001处于黑屏状态,则监视到的夹角越大,折叠屏2001的亮度越大;如果在执行折叠操作前,折叠屏2001的折叠状态为展开状态,且折叠屏2001处于亮屏状态,则监视到的夹角越小,折叠屏2001的亮度越小。For another example, one or more processors 2002 are used to run one or more computer programs 2004 to implement the following actions: adjust the brightness of the folding screen 2001 according to the monitoring results of the included angles encapsulated by the included angle event by the hinge included angle monitor ; Among them, if the folding state of the folding screen 2001 is closed before the folding operation is performed, and the folding screen 2001 is in a black screen state, the greater the monitored angle, the greater the brightness of the folding screen 2001; if the folding operation is being performed Previously, the folding state of the folding screen 2001 was the unfolded state, and the folding screen 2001 was in the bright screen state, the smaller the monitored angle, the smaller the brightness of the folding screen 2001.
又例如,一个或多个处理器2002用于运行一个或多个计算机程序2004,以实现以下动作:根据铰链夹角监视器对夹角事件封装的夹角的监视结果,调整电子设备相机的变焦倍率,相机的变焦倍率的取值范围为[第一倍率,第二倍率];其中,如果在执行折叠操作前,折叠屏2001的折叠状态为闭合状态,且相机的变焦倍率为第二倍率,则监视到的夹角越大,相机的变焦倍率越小;如果在执行折叠操作前,折叠屏2001的折叠状态为闭合状态,且相机的变焦倍率为第一倍率,则监视到的夹角越大,相机的变焦倍率越大;如果在执行折叠操作前,折叠屏2001的折叠状态为展开状态,且相机的变焦倍率为第二倍率,则监视到的夹角越小,相机的变焦倍率越小;如果在执行折叠操作前,折叠屏2001的折叠状态为展开状态,且相机的变焦倍率为第一倍率,则监视到的夹角越小,相机的变焦倍率越大;如果在执行折叠操作前,折叠屏2001的折叠状态为半折叠状态,且相机的变焦倍率为第二倍率,则在夹角小于90°时,监视到的夹角越大,相机的变焦倍率越小,在夹角大于90°时,监视到的夹角越小,相机的变焦倍率越小;如果在执行折叠操作前,折叠屏2001的折叠状态为半折叠状态,且相机的变焦倍率为第三值,第三值大于第一倍率,且小于第二倍率,则在夹角大于90°,且第三值与第一倍率之差小于第二倍率与第三值之差时,监视到的夹角越大,相机的变焦倍率越小,监视到的夹角越小,相机的变焦倍率越大;在夹角大于90°,且第三值与第一倍率之差大于第二倍率与第三值之差时,监视到的夹角越大,相机的变焦倍率越大,监视到的夹角越小,相机的变焦倍率越小;在夹角小于90°,且第三值与第一倍率之差小于第二倍率与第三值之差时,监视到的夹角越大,相机的变焦倍率越大,监视到的夹角越小,相机的变焦倍率越小;在夹角小于90°,且第三值与第一倍率之差大于第二倍率与第三值之差时,监视到的夹角越大,相机的变焦倍率越小,监视到的夹角越小,相机的变焦倍率越大。For another example, one or more processors 2002 are used to run one or more computer programs 2004 to implement the following actions: adjust the zoom of the electronic device camera according to the monitoring result of the included angle of the included angle event package by the hinge included angle monitor Magnification, the range of the zoom magnification of the camera is [first magnification, second magnification]; among them, if the folding state of the folding screen 2001 is closed before performing the folding operation, and the zoom magnification of the camera is the second magnification, The greater the monitored included angle, the smaller the camera’s zoom magnification; if the folding state of the folding screen 2001 is closed before the folding operation is performed, and the camera’s zoom magnification is the first magnification, the monitored included angle If the folding screen 2001 is in the unfolded state before the folding operation is performed, and the zoom magnification of the camera is the second magnification, the smaller the monitored angle, the greater the zoom magnification of the camera Small; if the folding state of the folding screen 2001 is in the unfolded state before the folding operation is performed, and the zoom magnification of the camera is the first magnification, the smaller the monitored angle, the greater the zoom magnification of the camera; if the folding operation is being performed Previously, the folding state of the folding screen 2001 was half-folded, and the zoom magnification of the camera was the second magnification. When the included angle is less than 90°, the larger the monitored included angle, the smaller the zoom magnification of the camera. When the angle is greater than 90°, the smaller the monitored angle, the smaller the zoom magnification of the camera; if before the folding operation, the folding state of the folding screen 2001 is half-folded, and the zoom magnification of the camera is the third value. If the value is greater than the first magnification and less than the second magnification, when the included angle is greater than 90°, and the difference between the third value and the first magnification is less than the difference between the second magnification and the third value, the larger the monitored included angle, The smaller the zoom magnification of the camera, the smaller the monitored included angle, the greater the zoom magnification of the camera; when the included angle is greater than 90°, and the difference between the third value and the first magnification is greater than the difference between the second and third values , The greater the monitored included angle, the greater the zoom magnification of the camera, and the smaller the monitored included angle, the smaller the zoom magnification of the camera; when the included angle is less than 90°, and the difference between the third value and the first magnification is less than the first When the difference between the second magnification and the third value, the larger the monitored angle, the larger the camera’s zoom magnification, and the smaller the monitored angle, the smaller the camera’s zoom magnification; when the included angle is less than 90°, and the third When the difference between the value and the first magnification is greater than the difference between the second and third values, the larger the monitored angle, the smaller the camera's zoom magnification, and the smaller the monitored angle, the greater the camera's zoom magnification.
又例如,一个或多个处理器2002用于运行一个或多个计算机程序2004,以实现以下动作:根据铰链夹角监视器对夹角事件封装的夹角的监视结果,调整视频的播放速率,播放速率的取值范围为[第一速率,第二速率];其中,如果在执行折叠操作前, 折叠屏2001的折叠状态为闭合状态或半展开状态,且视频的播放速率为第三速率,第三速率大于第一速率,且小于第二速率,为视频的正常播放速率,则在夹角在0°至45°的范围内时,监视到的夹角越大,播放速率越大,在夹角在45°至135°的范围内时,监视到的夹角越大,播放速率越小,在夹角在135°至180°的范围内时,监视到的夹角越大,播放速率越大;如果在执行折叠操作前,折叠屏2001的折叠状态为展开状态,且视频的播放速率为第三速率,则在夹角在180°至135°的范围内时,监视到的夹角越小,播放速率越小,在夹角在135°至45°的范围内时,监视到的夹角越小,播放速率越大,在夹角在45°至0°的范围内时,监视到的夹角越小,播放速率越小。For another example, one or more processors 2002 are used to run one or more computer programs 2004 to implement the following actions: adjust the video playback rate according to the monitoring result of the included angle encapsulated by the included angle event by the hinge included angle monitor, The value range of the playback rate is [first rate, second rate]; among them, if the folding state of the folding screen 2001 is closed or half-expanded before the folding operation is performed, and the video playback rate is the third rate, The third rate is greater than the first rate and less than the second rate. It is the normal playback rate of the video. When the included angle is in the range of 0° to 45°, the greater the monitored angle, the greater the playback rate. When the included angle is within the range of 45° to 135°, the larger the monitored angle, the lower the playback rate. When the included angle is within the range of 135° to 180°, the larger the monitored angle, the greater the playback rate. The larger; if the folding state of the folding screen 2001 is the unfolded state before the folding operation is performed, and the video playback rate is the third rate, the monitored included angle when the included angle is within the range of 180° to 135° The smaller, the lower the playback rate. When the included angle is within the range of 135° to 45°, the smaller the monitored angle is, and the greater the playback rate. When the included angle is within the range of 45° to 0°, monitor The smaller the angle reached, the lower the playback rate.
又例如,一个或多个处理器2002用于运行一个或多个计算机程序2004,以实现以下动作:电子设备的应用根据第一铰链反弹监视器,第二铰链反弹监视器或第三铰链反弹监视器对对应事件中封装的参数的监视结果,执行对应功能;或,根据第一铰链反弹监视器,第二铰链反弹监视器或第三铰链反弹监视器对对应事件中封装的参数的监视结果,确定对应的目标事件,电子设备的应用执行目标事件对应的功能。For another example, one or more processors 2002 are used to run one or more computer programs 2004 to implement the following actions: the application of the electronic device is based on the first hinge rebound monitor, the second hinge rebound monitor, or the third hinge rebound monitor The monitor performs the corresponding function on the monitoring results of the parameters encapsulated in the corresponding event; or, according to the monitoring results of the first hinge rebound monitor, the second hinge rebound monitor or the third hinge rebound monitor on the parameters encapsulated in the corresponding event, The corresponding target event is determined, and the application of the electronic device executes the function corresponding to the target event.
又例如,一个或多个处理器2002用于运行一个或多个计算机程序2004,以实现以下动作:电子设备的应用根据铰链反弹滑动监视器对方向事件中封装的折叠方向进行监视获得的目标事件,执行对应的功能。For another example, one or more processors 2002 are used to run one or more computer programs 2004 to implement the following actions: the application of the electronic device monitors the folding direction encapsulated in the direction event according to the hinge rebound sliding monitor to obtain the target event , Execute the corresponding function.
当然,图20所示的电子设备还可以包括如音频模块以及SIM卡接口等其他器件,本申请实施例对此不做任何限制。当其包括其他器件时,具体可以为图6所示的电子设备。Of course, the electronic device shown in FIG. 20 may also include other devices such as an audio module and a SIM card interface, which are not limited in the embodiment of the present application. When it includes other devices, it may specifically be the electronic device shown in FIG. 6.
本申请另一些实施例还提供一种计算机存储介质,该计算机存储介质可包括计算机指令,当该计算机指令在电子设备上运行时,使得该电子设备执行如图9相应实施例中电子设备执行的各个步骤。Other embodiments of the present application also provide a computer storage medium. The computer storage medium may include computer instructions. When the computer instructions are executed on an electronic device, the electronic device is caused to execute what is executed by the electronic device in the corresponding embodiment of FIG. 9 Various steps.
本申请另一些实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品,当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行如图9相应实施例中电子设备执行的各个步骤。Other embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, which when the computer program product runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute the steps performed by the electronic device in the corresponding embodiment of FIG. 9.
本申请另一些实施例还提供一种装置,该装置具有实现上述图9相应实施例中电子设备行为的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块,例如,确定单元或模块,保存单元或模块,划分单元或模块,显示单元或模块。Other embodiments of the present application also provide a device that has the function of realizing the behavior of the electronic device in the corresponding embodiment in FIG. 9. The function can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions, for example, a determination unit or module, a storage unit or module, a division unit or module, and a display unit or module.
通过以上的实施方式的描述,所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,仅以上述各功能模块的划分进行举例说明,实际应用中,可以根据需要而将上述功能分配由不同的功能模块完成,即将装置的内部结构划分成不同的功能模块,以完成以上描述的全部或者部分功能。Through the description of the above embodiments, those skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and brevity of the description, only the division of the above-mentioned functional modules is used as an example for illustration. In practical applications, the above-mentioned functions can be allocated as needed. It is completed by different functional modules, that is, the internal structure of the device is divided into different functional modules to complete all or part of the functions described above.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,模块或单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个装置,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed device and method may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative, for example, the division of modules or units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or It can be integrated into another device, or some features can be ignored or not implemented. In addition, the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的 部件可以是一个物理单元或多个物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个不同地方。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate parts may or may not be physically separate. The parts displayed as units may be one physical unit or multiple physical units, that is, they may be located in one place or distributed to multiple different places. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。In addition, the functional units in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The above-mentioned integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional unit.
集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请实施例的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一个设备(可以是单片机,芯片等)或处理器(processor)执行本申请各个实施例方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application are essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solutions can be embodied in the form of software products, which are stored in a storage medium It includes several instructions to make a device (may be a single-chip microcomputer, a chip, etc.) or a processor (processor) execute all or part of the steps of the methods in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code .
以上,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何在本申请揭露的技术范围内的变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific implementations of this application, but the protection scope of this application is not limited to this, and any changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in this application should be covered within the protection scope of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of this application shall be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (20)

  1. 一种具有折叠屏的电子设备的控制方法,其特征在于,所述折叠屏可通过折叠形成第一屏和第二屏;所述方法包括:A method for controlling an electronic device with a folding screen, wherein the folding screen can be folded to form a first screen and a second screen; the method includes:
    所述电子设备接收用户对所述折叠屏的折叠操作;Receiving, by the electronic device, a user's folding operation on the folding screen;
    在用户执行所述折叠操作的过程中,所述电子设备实时获取所述折叠屏的原参数,所述原参数包括以下参数中的至少一种:所述第一屏与所述第二屏之间的夹角,被折叠屏的折叠速度,所述被折叠屏的折叠方向和所述被折叠屏的折叠加速度;所述被折叠屏为所述第一屏和所述第二屏中,用户执行所述折叠操作时转动的屏;When the user performs the folding operation, the electronic device obtains the original parameters of the folding screen in real time, and the original parameters include at least one of the following parameters: the first screen and the second screen The angle between the folded screen, the folding speed of the folded screen, the folding direction of the folded screen, and the folding acceleration of the folded screen; the folded screen is the first screen and the second screen, the user A screen that rotates when performing the folding operation;
    所述电子设备根据实时获得的所述原参数执行对应功能;The electronic device executes corresponding functions according to the original parameters obtained in real time;
    其中,所述夹角的大小不同,执行对应功能的程度不同;所述折叠速度的大小不同,执行对应功能的程度不同;所述折叠方向不同,执行对应功能的程度不同;或,所述折叠加速度的大小不同,执行对应功能的程度不同。Wherein, the size of the included angle is different, the degree of performing the corresponding function is different; the size of the folding speed is different, the degree of performing the corresponding function is different; the folding direction is different, the degree of performing the corresponding function is different; or, the folding The magnitude of the acceleration is different, the degree of performing the corresponding function is different.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述折叠屏为铰链Hinge设备;The method according to claim 1, wherein the folding screen is a hinge Hinge device;
    所述电子设备根据实时获得的所述原参数执行对应功能,包括:The electronic device performs corresponding functions according to the original parameters obtained in real time, including:
    所述电子设备根据所述原参数生成铰链折叠Hinge-Rotation事件,所述铰链折叠事件用于封装获得的所述原参数;所述铰链折叠事件包括夹角事件,所述夹角事件封装有所述夹角;The electronic device generates a hinge folding Hinge-Rotation event according to the original parameter, the hinge folding event is used to encapsulate the obtained original parameter; the hinge folding event includes an angle event, and the angle event encapsulates some The included angle;
    所述电子设备根据所述铰链折叠事件生成事件监视器,所述事件监视器用于对所述铰链折叠事件进行监控;所述事件监视器包括铰链夹角监视器,所述铰链夹角监视器用于对所述夹角事件封装的所述夹角进行监视;The electronic device generates an event monitor according to the hinge folding event, and the event monitor is used to monitor the hinge folding event; the event monitor includes a hinge included angle monitor, and the hinge included angle monitor is used for Monitoring the included angle encapsulated by the included angle event;
    所述电子设备根据所述事件监视器对所述铰链折叠事件的监控结果执行对应功能。The electronic device executes a corresponding function according to the monitoring result of the hinge folding event by the event monitor.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 2, wherein:
    所述铰链折叠事件还包括以下事件类型中的至少一种:速度事件,方向事件,加速度事件,状态事件和反弹事件;The hinge folding event also includes at least one of the following event types: speed event, direction event, acceleration event, state event and bounce event;
    其中,所述速度事件封装有所述折叠速度,所述方向事件封装有所述折叠方向,所述加速度事件封装有所述折叠加速度,所述状态事件封装有根据所述夹角获得的所述折叠屏的折叠状态,所述折叠状态为展开状态,闭合状态或半展开状态,所述反弹事件封装有反弹标识,所述反弹标识用于指示所述折叠屏是否被折叠后又返回。Wherein, the speed event encapsulates the folding speed, the direction event encapsulates the folding direction, the acceleration event encapsulates the folding acceleration, and the state event encapsulates the folding speed obtained according to the included angle. The folding state of the folding screen, where the folding state is an unfolded state, a closed state or a half-expanded state, the rebound event is encapsulated with a rebound mark, and the rebound mark is used to indicate whether the folding screen is folded and then returned.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 3, wherein:
    所述事件监视器还包括以下监视器中的至少一种:铰链方向监视器,铰链状态监视器,铰链运动监视器,第一铰链反弹监视器,第二铰链反弹监视器,第三铰链反弹监视器,铰链反弹滑动监视器;The event monitor also includes at least one of the following monitors: hinge direction monitor, hinge state monitor, hinge motion monitor, first hinge rebound monitor, second hinge rebound monitor, third hinge rebound monitor Monitor, hinge rebound sliding monitor;
    其中,所述铰链方向监视器用于对所述方向事件封装的所述折叠方向进行监视;Wherein, the hinge direction monitor is used to monitor the folding direction of the direction event package;
    所述铰链状态监视器用于对所述夹角事件封装的所述夹角,所述速度事件封装的所述折叠速度,及所述加速度事件封装的所述折叠加速度中的一个或多个进行监控,以获得布尔值,所述布尔值用于表示所述铰链设备是否在转动;The hinge state monitor is used to monitor one or more of the included angle encapsulated by the included angle event, the folding speed encapsulated by the speed event, and the folding acceleration encapsulated by the acceleration event , To obtain a Boolean value, which is used to indicate whether the hinge device is rotating;
    所述铰链运动监视器用于对所述夹角事件封装的所述夹角,所述速度事件封装的所述折叠速度,所述方向事件封装的所述折叠方向,及所述加速度事件封装的所述折叠加速度进行监视;The hinge motion monitor is used to encapsulate the included angle of the included angle event, the folding speed encapsulated by the speed event, the folding direction encapsulated by the direction event, and all the acceleration events encapsulated. The folding acceleration is monitored;
    所述第一铰链反弹监视器用于对所述方向事件封装的所述折叠方向和所述夹角事件封装的所述夹角进行监视;The first hinge rebound monitor is used to monitor the folding direction of the directional event package and the included angle of the included angle event package;
    所述第二铰链反弹监视器用于对所述方向事件封装的所述折叠方向进行监视;The second hinge rebound monitor is used to monitor the folding direction of the directional event package;
    所述第三铰链反弹监视器用于对所述夹角事件封装的所述夹角进行监视;The third hinge rebound monitor is used to monitor the included angle encapsulated by the included angle event;
    所述铰链反弹滑动监视器用于对所述方向事件封装的所述折叠方向进行监视,以获得与所述折叠方向对应的目标事件,所述目标事件包括:预定义的折叠操作事件或预定义的系统事件。The hinge rebound sliding monitor is used to monitor the folding direction encapsulated by the direction event to obtain a target event corresponding to the folding direction, and the target event includes: a predefined folding operation event or a predefined System event.
  5. 根据权利要求2-4中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述电子设备根据所述事件监视器对所述铰链折叠事件的监控结果执行对应功能,包括:The method according to any one of claims 2-4, wherein the electronic device performs a corresponding function according to the monitoring result of the hinge folding event by the event monitor, comprising:
    所述电子设备根据所述铰链夹角监视器对所述夹角事件封装的所述夹角的监视结果,调整所述折叠屏的亮度;The electronic device adjusts the brightness of the folding screen according to the monitoring result of the included angle encapsulated by the included angle event by the hinge included angle monitor;
    其中,如果在执行所述折叠操作前,所述折叠屏的折叠状态为闭合状态,且所述折叠屏处于黑屏状态,则监视到的所述夹角越大,所述折叠屏的亮度越大;Wherein, if the folding state of the folding screen is a closed state before the folding operation is performed, and the folding screen is in a black screen state, the greater the monitored included angle, the greater the brightness of the folding screen ;
    如果在执行所述折叠操作前,所述折叠屏的折叠状态为展开状态,且所述折叠屏处于亮屏状态,则监视到的所述夹角越小,所述折叠屏的亮度越小。If the folding state of the folding screen is the unfolded state before the folding operation is performed, and the folding screen is in the bright screen state, the smaller the monitored included angle, the smaller the brightness of the folding screen.
  6. 根据权利要求2-5中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述电子设备根据所述事件监视器对所述铰链折叠事件的监控结果执行对应功能,包括:The method according to any one of claims 2-5, wherein the electronic device performs a corresponding function according to the monitoring result of the hinge folding event by the event monitor, comprising:
    所述电子设备根据所述铰链夹角监视器对所述夹角事件封装的所述夹角的监视结果,调整所述电子设备相机的变焦倍率,所述相机的变焦倍率的取值范围为[第一倍率,第二倍率];The electronic device adjusts the zoom magnification of the camera of the electronic device according to the monitoring result of the included angle encapsulated by the included angle event by the hinge included angle monitor, and the value range of the zoom magnification of the camera is [ First magnification, second magnification];
    其中,如果在执行所述折叠操作前,所述折叠屏的折叠状态为闭合状态,且所述相机的变焦倍率为所述第二倍率,则监视到的所述夹角越大,所述相机的变焦倍率越小;Wherein, if the folding state of the folding screen is the closed state before the folding operation is performed, and the zoom magnification of the camera is the second magnification, the larger the monitored included angle, the larger the camera The smaller the zoom magnification;
    如果在执行所述折叠操作前,所述折叠屏的折叠状态为闭合状态,且所述相机的变焦倍率为所述第一倍率,则监视到的所述夹角越大,所述相机的变焦倍率越大;If the folding state of the folding screen is the closed state before the folding operation is performed, and the zoom magnification of the camera is the first magnification, the greater the monitored included angle, the greater the zoom of the camera The greater the magnification;
    如果在执行所述折叠操作前,所述折叠屏的折叠状态为展开状态,且所述相机的变焦倍率为所述第二倍率,则监视到的所述夹角越小,所述相机的变焦倍率越小;If the folding state of the folding screen is the unfolded state before the folding operation is performed, and the zoom magnification of the camera is the second magnification, the smaller the monitored angle is, the zoom of the camera The smaller the magnification;
    如果在执行所述折叠操作前,所述折叠屏的折叠状态为展开状态,且所述相机的变焦倍率为所述第一倍率,则监视到的所述夹角越小,所述相机的变焦倍率越大;If the folding state of the folding screen is the unfolded state before the folding operation is performed, and the zoom magnification of the camera is the first magnification, the smaller the monitored included angle, the zoom of the camera The greater the magnification;
    如果在执行所述折叠操作前,所述折叠屏的折叠状态为半折叠状态,且所述相机的变焦倍率为所述第二倍率,则在所述夹角小于90°时,监视到的所述夹角越大,所述相机的变焦倍率越小,在所述夹角大于90°时,监视到的所述夹角越小,所述相机的变焦倍率越小;If before performing the folding operation, the folding state of the folding screen is a half-folding state, and the zoom magnification of the camera is the second magnification, then when the included angle is less than 90°, all monitored The larger the included angle, the smaller the zoom magnification of the camera, and when the included angle is greater than 90°, the smaller the monitored included angle is, the smaller the zoom magnification of the camera is;
    如果在执行所述折叠操作前,所述折叠屏的折叠状态为半折叠状态,且所述相机的变焦倍率为第三值,所述第三值大于所述第一倍率,且小于所述第二倍率,则在所述夹角大于90°,且所述第三值与所述第一倍率之差小于所述第二倍率与所述第三值之差时,监视到的所述夹角越大,所述相机的变焦倍率越小,监视到的所述夹角越小,所述相机的变焦倍率越大;在所述夹角大于90°,且所述第三值与所述第一倍率之差大于所述第二倍率与所述第三值之差时,监视到的所述夹角越大,所述相机的变焦倍 率越大,监视到的所述夹角越小,所述相机的变焦倍率越小;在所述夹角小于90°,且所述第三值与所述第一倍率之差小于所述第二倍率与所述第三值之差时,监视到的所述夹角越大,所述相机的变焦倍率越大,监视到的所述夹角越小,所述相机的变焦倍率越小;在所述夹角小于90°,且所述第三值与所述第一倍率之差大于所述第二倍率与所述第三值之差时,监视到的所述夹角越大,所述相机的变焦倍率越小,监视到的所述夹角越小,所述相机的变焦倍率越大。If before the folding operation is performed, the folding state of the folding screen is a half-folding state, and the zoom magnification of the camera is a third value, and the third value is greater than the first magnification and less than the first magnification Double magnification, when the included angle is greater than 90°, and the difference between the third value and the first magnification is less than the difference between the second magnification and the third value, the monitored included angle The larger is, the smaller the zoom magnification of the camera, and the smaller the monitored included angle, the greater the zoom magnification of the camera; when the included angle is greater than 90°, and the third value is greater than the first When the difference of one magnification is greater than the difference between the second magnification and the third value, the greater the monitored included angle, the greater the zoom magnification of the camera, and the smaller the monitored included angle. The zoom magnification of the camera is smaller; when the included angle is less than 90°, and the difference between the third value and the first magnification is smaller than the difference between the second magnification and the third value, the monitored The greater the included angle, the greater the zoom magnification of the camera, and the smaller the monitored included angle, the smaller the zoom magnification of the camera; when the included angle is less than 90°, and the third value When the difference with the first magnification is greater than the difference between the second magnification and the third value, the greater the monitored included angle, the smaller the zoom magnification of the camera, and the monitored included angle The smaller the zoom ratio of the camera is.
  7. 根据权利要求2-6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述电子设备根据所述事件监视器对所述铰链折叠事件的监控结果执行对应功能,包括:The method according to any one of claims 2-6, wherein the electronic device performs a corresponding function according to the monitoring result of the hinge folding event by the event monitor, comprising:
    所述电子设备根据所述铰链夹角监视器对所述夹角事件封装的所述夹角的监视结果,调整视频的播放速率,所述播放速率的取值范围为[第一速率,第二速率];The electronic device adjusts the playback rate of the video according to the monitoring result of the included angle encapsulated by the included angle event by the hinge included angle monitor, and the value range of the playback rate is [first rate, second rate];
    其中,如果在执行所述折叠操作前,所述折叠屏的折叠状态为闭合状态或半展开状态,且所述视频的播放速率为第三速率,所述第三速率大于所述第一速率,且小于所述第二速率,为所述视频的正常播放速率,则在所述夹角在0°至45°的范围内时,监视到的所述夹角越大,所述播放速率越大,在所述夹角在45°至135°的范围内时,监视到的所述夹角越大,所述播放速率越小,在所述夹角在135°至180°的范围内时,监视到的所述夹角越大,所述播放速率越大;Wherein, if the folding state of the folding screen is a closed state or a half-expanded state before the folding operation is performed, and the video playback rate is a third rate, the third rate is greater than the first rate, And is less than the second rate, which is the normal playback rate of the video. When the included angle is in the range of 0° to 45°, the greater the monitored included angle, the greater the playback rate , When the included angle is in the range of 45° to 135°, the larger the monitored included angle, the lower the playback rate, and when the included angle is in the range of 135° to 180°, The greater the monitored included angle, the greater the playback rate;
    如果在执行所述折叠操作前,所述折叠屏的折叠状态为展开状态,且所述视频的播放速率为所述第三速率,则在所述夹角在180°至135°的范围内时,监视到的所述夹角越小,所述播放速率越小,在所述夹角在135°至45°的范围内时,监视到的所述夹角越小,所述播放速率越大,在所述夹角在45°至0°的范围内时,监视到的所述夹角越小,所述播放速率越小。If before the folding operation is performed, the folding state of the folding screen is the unfolded state, and the playback rate of the video is the third rate, then when the included angle is within the range of 180° to 135° , The smaller the monitored included angle, the lower the playback rate, and when the included angle is within the range of 135° to 45°, the smaller the monitored included angle, the greater the playback rate , When the included angle is in the range of 45° to 0°, the smaller the monitored included angle, the lower the playback rate.
  8. 根据权利要求4-7中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述电子设备根据所述事件监视器对所述铰链折叠事件的监控结果执行对应功能,包括:The method according to any one of claims 4-7, wherein the electronic device performs a corresponding function according to the monitoring result of the hinge folding event by the event monitor, comprising:
    所述电子设备的应用根据第一铰链反弹监视器,第二铰链反弹监视器或第三铰链反弹监视器对对应事件中封装的参数的监视结果,执行对应功能;或,The application of the electronic device executes the corresponding function according to the monitoring results of the first hinge rebound monitor, the second hinge rebound monitor or the third hinge rebound monitor on the parameters encapsulated in the corresponding event; or,
    所述电子设备根据所述第一铰链反弹监视器,所述第二铰链反弹监视器或所述第三铰链反弹监视器对对应事件中封装的参数的监视结果,确定对应的目标事件,所述电子设备的应用执行所述目标事件对应的功能。The electronic device determines the corresponding target event according to the monitoring results of the first hinge rebound monitor, the second hinge rebound monitor or the third hinge rebound monitor on the parameters encapsulated in the corresponding event, the The application of the electronic device executes the function corresponding to the target event.
  9. 根据权利要求4-8中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述电子设备根据所述事件监视器对所述铰链折叠事件的监控结果执行对应功能,包括:The method according to any one of claims 4-8, wherein the electronic device performs a corresponding function according to the monitoring result of the hinge folding event by the event monitor, comprising:
    所述电子设备的应用根据所述铰链反弹滑动监视器对所述方向事件中封装的所述折叠方向进行监视获得的目标事件,执行对应的功能。The application of the electronic device executes a corresponding function according to a target event obtained by monitoring the folding direction encapsulated in the direction event by the hinge rebound sliding monitor.
  10. 一种电子设备,其特征在于,所述电子设备包括:一个或多个处理器、存储器以及折叠屏;其中,An electronic device, characterized in that, the electronic device includes: one or more processors, a memory, and a folding screen; wherein,
    所述折叠屏至少包括第一屏和第二屏,用于根据所述一个或多个处理器的指示进行内容的显示;The folding screen includes at least a first screen and a second screen, which are used to display content according to instructions from the one or more processors;
    所述存储器用于存储一个或多个程序;The memory is used to store one or more programs;
    所述一个或多个处理器用于运行所述一个或多个程序,以实现以下动作:The one or more processors are used to run the one or more programs to implement the following actions:
    接收用户对所述折叠屏的折叠操作;Receiving a user's folding operation on the folding screen;
    在用户执行所述折叠操作的过程中,实时获取所述折叠屏的原参数,所述原参数包括以下参数中的至少一种:所述第一屏与所述第二屏之间的夹角,被折叠屏的折叠速度,所述被折叠屏的折叠方向和所述被折叠屏的折叠加速度;所述被折叠屏为所述第一屏和所述第二屏中,用户执行所述折叠操作时转动的屏;In the process of the user performing the folding operation, the original parameters of the folding screen are acquired in real time, and the original parameters include at least one of the following parameters: the angle between the first screen and the second screen , The folding speed of the folded screen, the folding direction of the folded screen and the folding acceleration of the folded screen; the folded screen is the first screen and the second screen, the user performs the folding The rotating screen during operation;
    根据实时获得的所述原参数执行对应功能;Execute corresponding functions according to the original parameters obtained in real time;
    其中,所述夹角的大小不同,执行对应功能的程度不同;所述折叠速度的大小不同,执行对应功能的程度不同;所述折叠方向不同,执行对应功能的程度不同;或,所述折叠加速度的大小不同,执行对应功能的程度不同。Wherein, the size of the included angle is different, the degree of performing the corresponding function is different; the size of the folding speed is different, the degree of performing the corresponding function is different; the folding direction is different, the degree of performing the corresponding function is different; or, the folding The magnitude of the acceleration is different, the degree of performing the corresponding function is different.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述折叠屏为铰链Hinge设备;The electronic device according to claim 10, wherein the folding screen is a hinged Hinge device;
    所述根据实时获得的所述原参数执行对应功能,包括:The execution of corresponding functions according to the original parameters obtained in real time includes:
    根据所述原参数生成铰链折叠Hinge-Rotation事件,所述铰链折叠事件用于封装获得的所述原参数;所述铰链折叠事件包括夹角事件,所述夹角事件封装有所述夹角;Generating a hinge folding Hinge-Rotation event according to the original parameter, the hinge folding event is used to encapsulate the obtained original parameter; the hinge folding event includes an angle event, and the angle event encapsulates the angle;
    根据所述铰链折叠事件生成事件监视器,所述事件监视器用于对所述铰链折叠事件进行监控;所述事件监视器包括铰链夹角监视器,所述铰链夹角监视器用于对所述夹角事件封装的所述夹角进行监视;An event monitor is generated according to the hinge folding event, the event monitor is used to monitor the hinge folding event; the event monitor includes a hinge included angle monitor, and the hinge included angle monitor is used to monitor the hinge Monitoring the included angle encapsulated by the angle event;
    根据所述事件监视器对所述铰链折叠事件的监控结果执行对应功能。The corresponding function is executed according to the monitoring result of the hinge folding event by the event monitor.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的电子设备,其特征在于,The electronic device according to claim 11, wherein:
    所述铰链折叠事件还包括以下事件类型中的至少一种:速度事件,方向事件,加速度事件,状态事件和反弹事件;The hinge folding event also includes at least one of the following event types: speed event, direction event, acceleration event, state event and bounce event;
    其中,所述速度事件封装有所述折叠速度,所述方向事件封装有所述折叠方向,所述加速度事件封装有所述折叠加速度,所述状态事件封装有根据所述夹角获得的所述折叠屏的折叠状态,所述折叠状态为展开状态,闭合状态或半展开状态,所述反弹事件封装有反弹标识,所述反弹标识用于指示所述折叠屏是否被折叠后又返回。Wherein, the speed event encapsulates the folding speed, the direction event encapsulates the folding direction, the acceleration event encapsulates the folding acceleration, and the state event encapsulates the folding speed obtained according to the included angle. The folding state of the folding screen, where the folding state is an unfolded state, a closed state or a half-expanded state, the rebound event is encapsulated with a rebound mark, and the rebound mark is used to indicate whether the folding screen is folded and then returned.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的电子设备,其特征在于,The electronic device according to claim 12, wherein:
    所述事件监视器还包括以下监视器中的至少一种:铰链方向监视器,铰链状态监视器,铰链运动监视器,第一铰链反弹监视器,第二铰链反弹监视器,第三铰链反弹监视器,铰链反弹滑动监视器;The event monitor also includes at least one of the following monitors: hinge direction monitor, hinge state monitor, hinge motion monitor, first hinge rebound monitor, second hinge rebound monitor, third hinge rebound monitor Monitor, hinge rebound sliding monitor;
    其中,所述铰链方向监视器用于对所述方向事件封装的所述折叠方向进行监视;Wherein, the hinge direction monitor is used to monitor the folding direction of the direction event package;
    所述铰链状态监视器用于对所述夹角事件封装的所述夹角,所述速度事件封装的所述折叠速度,及所述加速度事件封装的所述折叠加速度中的一个或多个进行监控,以获得布尔值,所述布尔值用于表示所述铰链设备是否在转动;The hinge state monitor is used to monitor one or more of the included angle encapsulated by the included angle event, the folding speed encapsulated by the speed event, and the folding acceleration encapsulated by the acceleration event , To obtain a Boolean value, which is used to indicate whether the hinge device is rotating;
    所述铰链运动监视器用于对所述夹角事件封装的所述夹角,所述速度事件封装的所述折叠速度,所述方向事件封装的所述折叠方向,及所述加速度事件封装的所述折叠加速度进行监视;The hinge motion monitor is used to encapsulate the included angle of the included angle event, the folding speed encapsulated by the speed event, the folding direction encapsulated by the direction event, and all the acceleration events encapsulated. The folding acceleration is monitored;
    所述第一铰链反弹监视器用于对所述方向事件封装的所述折叠方向和所述夹角事件封装的所述夹角进行监视;The first hinge rebound monitor is used to monitor the folding direction of the directional event package and the included angle of the included angle event package;
    所述第二铰链反弹监视器用于对所述方向事件封装的所述折叠方向进行监视;The second hinge rebound monitor is used to monitor the folding direction of the directional event package;
    所述第三铰链反弹监视器用于对所述夹角事件封装的所述夹角进行监视;The third hinge rebound monitor is used to monitor the included angle encapsulated by the included angle event;
    所述铰链反弹滑动监视器用于对所述方向事件封装的所述折叠方向进行监视,以获得与所述折叠方向对应的目标事件,所述目标事件包括:预定义的折叠操作事件或预定义的系统事件。The hinge rebound sliding monitor is used to monitor the folding direction encapsulated by the direction event to obtain a target event corresponding to the folding direction, and the target event includes: a predefined folding operation event or a predefined System event.
  14. 根据权利要求11-13中任一项所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述根据所述事件监视器对所述铰链折叠事件的监控结果执行对应功能,包括:The electronic device according to any one of claims 11-13, wherein the executing a corresponding function according to the monitoring result of the hinge folding event by the event monitor comprises:
    根据所述铰链夹角监视器对所述夹角事件封装的所述夹角的监视结果,调整所述折叠屏的亮度;Adjusting the brightness of the folding screen according to the monitoring result of the included angle encapsulated by the included angle event by the hinge included angle monitor;
    其中,如果在执行所述折叠操作前,所述折叠屏的折叠状态为闭合状态,且所述折叠屏处于黑屏状态,则监视到的所述夹角越大,所述折叠屏的亮度越大;Wherein, if the folding state of the folding screen is a closed state before the folding operation is performed, and the folding screen is in a black screen state, the greater the monitored included angle, the greater the brightness of the folding screen ;
    如果在执行所述折叠操作前,所述折叠屏的折叠状态为展开状态,且所述折叠屏处于亮屏状态,则监视到的所述夹角越小,所述折叠屏的亮度越小。If the folding state of the folding screen is the unfolded state before the folding operation is performed, and the folding screen is in the bright screen state, the smaller the monitored included angle, the smaller the brightness of the folding screen.
  15. 根据权利要求11-14中任一项所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述根据所述事件监视器对所述铰链折叠事件的监控结果执行对应功能,包括:14. The electronic device according to any one of claims 11-14, wherein the executing a corresponding function according to the monitoring result of the hinge folding event by the event monitor comprises:
    根据所述铰链夹角监视器对所述夹角事件封装的所述夹角的监视结果,调整所述电子设备相机的变焦倍率,所述相机的变焦倍率的取值范围为[第一倍率,第二倍率];According to the monitoring result of the included angle encapsulated by the included angle event by the hinge included angle monitor, the zoom magnification of the electronic device camera is adjusted, and the range of the zoom magnification of the camera is [first magnification, Second magnification];
    其中,如果在执行所述折叠操作前,所述折叠屏的折叠状态为闭合状态,且所述相机的变焦倍率为所述第二倍率,则监视到的所述夹角越大,所述相机的变焦倍率越小;Wherein, if the folding state of the folding screen is the closed state before the folding operation is performed, and the zoom magnification of the camera is the second magnification, the larger the monitored included angle, the larger the camera The smaller the zoom magnification;
    如果在执行所述折叠操作前,所述折叠屏的折叠状态为闭合状态,且所述相机的变焦倍率为所述第一倍率,则监视到的所述夹角越大,所述相机的变焦倍率越大;If the folding state of the folding screen is the closed state before the folding operation is performed, and the zoom magnification of the camera is the first magnification, the greater the monitored included angle, the greater the zoom of the camera The greater the magnification;
    如果在执行所述折叠操作前,所述折叠屏的折叠状态为展开状态,且所述相机的变焦倍率为所述第二倍率,则监视到的所述夹角越小,所述相机的变焦倍率越小;If the folding state of the folding screen is the unfolded state before the folding operation is performed, and the zoom magnification of the camera is the second magnification, the smaller the monitored angle is, the zoom of the camera The smaller the magnification;
    如果在执行所述折叠操作前,所述折叠屏的折叠状态为展开状态,且所述相机的变焦倍率为所述第一倍率,则监视到的所述夹角越小,所述相机的变焦倍率越大;If the folding state of the folding screen is the unfolded state before the folding operation is performed, and the zoom magnification of the camera is the first magnification, the smaller the monitored included angle, the zoom of the camera The greater the magnification;
    如果在执行所述折叠操作前,所述折叠屏的折叠状态为半折叠状态,且所述相机的变焦倍率为所述第二倍率,则在所述夹角小于90°时,监视到的所述夹角越大,所述相机的变焦倍率越小,在所述夹角大于90°时,监视到的所述夹角越小,所述相机的变焦倍率越小;If before performing the folding operation, the folding state of the folding screen is a half-folding state, and the zoom magnification of the camera is the second magnification, then when the included angle is less than 90°, all monitored The larger the included angle, the smaller the zoom magnification of the camera, and when the included angle is greater than 90°, the smaller the monitored included angle is, the smaller the zoom magnification of the camera is;
    如果在执行所述折叠操作前,所述折叠屏的折叠状态为半折叠状态,且所述相机的变焦倍率为第三值,所述第三值大于所述第一倍率,且小于所述第二倍率,则在所述夹角大于90°,且所述第三值与所述第一倍率之差小于所述第二倍率与所述第三值之差时,监视到的所述夹角越大,所述相机的变焦倍率越小,监视到的所述夹角越小,所述相机的变焦倍率越大;在所述夹角大于90°,且所述第三值与所述第一倍率之差大于所述第二倍率与所述第三值之差时,监视到的所述夹角越大,所述相机的变焦倍率越大,监视到的所述夹角越小,所述相机的变焦倍率越小;在所述夹角小于90°,且所述第三值与所述第一倍率之差小于所述第二倍率与所述第三值之差时,监视到的所述夹角越大,所述相机的变焦倍率越大,监视到的所述夹角越小,所述相机的变焦倍率越小;在所述夹角小于90°,且所述第三值与所述第一倍率之差大于所述第二倍率与所述第三值之差时,监视到的所述夹角越大,所述相机的变焦倍率越小,监视到 的所述夹角越小,所述相机的变焦倍率越大。If before the folding operation is performed, the folding state of the folding screen is a half-folding state, and the zoom magnification of the camera is a third value, and the third value is greater than the first magnification and less than the first magnification Double magnification, when the included angle is greater than 90°, and the difference between the third value and the first magnification is less than the difference between the second magnification and the third value, the monitored included angle The larger is, the smaller the zoom magnification of the camera, and the smaller the monitored included angle, the greater the zoom magnification of the camera; when the included angle is greater than 90°, and the third value is greater than the first When the difference of one magnification is greater than the difference between the second magnification and the third value, the greater the monitored included angle, the greater the zoom magnification of the camera, and the smaller the monitored included angle. The zoom magnification of the camera is smaller; when the included angle is less than 90°, and the difference between the third value and the first magnification is smaller than the difference between the second magnification and the third value, the monitored The greater the included angle, the greater the zoom magnification of the camera, and the smaller the monitored included angle, the smaller the zoom magnification of the camera; when the included angle is less than 90°, and the third value When the difference with the first magnification is greater than the difference between the second magnification and the third value, the greater the monitored included angle, the smaller the zoom magnification of the camera, and the monitored included angle The smaller the zoom ratio of the camera is.
  16. 根据权利要求11-15中任一项所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述根据所述事件监视器对所述铰链折叠事件的监控结果执行对应功能,包括:15. The electronic device according to any one of claims 11-15, wherein the executing a corresponding function according to the monitoring result of the hinge folding event by the event monitor comprises:
    根据所述铰链夹角监视器对所述夹角事件封装的所述夹角的监视结果,调整视频的播放速率,所述播放速率的取值范围为[第一速率,第二速率];Adjust the playback rate of the video according to the monitoring result of the included angle encapsulated by the included angle event by the hinge included angle monitor, and the value range of the playback rate is [first rate, second rate];
    其中,如果在执行所述折叠操作前,所述折叠屏的折叠状态为闭合状态或半展开状态,且所述视频的播放速率为第三速率,所述第三速率大于所述第一速率,且小于所述第二速率,为所述视频的正常播放速率,则在所述夹角在0°至45°的范围内时,监视到的所述夹角越大,所述播放速率越大,在所述夹角在45°至135°的范围内时,监视到的所述夹角越大,所述播放速率越小,在所述夹角在135°至180°的范围内时,监视到的所述夹角越大,所述播放速率越大;Wherein, if the folding state of the folding screen is a closed state or a half-expanded state before the folding operation is performed, and the video playback rate is a third rate, the third rate is greater than the first rate, And is less than the second rate, which is the normal playback rate of the video. When the included angle is in the range of 0° to 45°, the greater the monitored included angle, the greater the playback rate , When the included angle is in the range of 45° to 135°, the larger the monitored included angle, the lower the playback rate, and when the included angle is in the range of 135° to 180°, The greater the monitored included angle, the greater the playback rate;
    如果在执行所述折叠操作前,所述折叠屏的折叠状态为展开状态,且所述视频的播放速率为所述第三速率,则在所述夹角在180°至135°的范围内时,监视到的所述夹角越小,所述播放速率越小,在所述夹角在135°至45°的范围内时,监视到的所述夹角越小,所述播放速率越大,在所述夹角在45°至0°的范围内时,监视到的所述夹角越小,所述播放速率越小。If before the folding operation is performed, the folding state of the folding screen is the unfolded state, and the playback rate of the video is the third rate, then when the included angle is within the range of 180° to 135° , The smaller the monitored included angle, the lower the playback rate, and when the included angle is within the range of 135° to 45°, the smaller the monitored included angle, the greater the playback rate , When the included angle is in the range of 45° to 0°, the smaller the monitored included angle, the lower the playback rate.
  17. 根据权利要求13-16中任一项所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述根据所述事件监视器对所述铰链折叠事件的监控结果执行对应功能,包括:The electronic device according to any one of claims 13-16, wherein the executing a corresponding function according to the monitoring result of the hinge folding event by the event monitor comprises:
    根据第一铰链反弹监视器,第二铰链反弹监视器或第三铰链反弹监视器对对应事件中封装的参数的监视结果,执行对应功能;或,Perform the corresponding function according to the monitoring results of the first hinge rebound monitor, the second hinge rebound monitor or the third hinge rebound monitor on the parameters encapsulated in the corresponding event; or,
    根据所述第一铰链反弹监视器,所述第二铰链反弹监视器或所述第三铰链反弹监视器对对应事件中封装的参数的监视结果,确定对应的目标事件,执行所述目标事件对应的功能。According to the monitoring results of the first hinge rebound monitor, the second hinge rebound monitor or the third hinge rebound monitor on the parameters encapsulated in the corresponding event, the corresponding target event is determined, and the corresponding target event is executed. Function.
  18. 根据权利要求13-17中任一项所述的电子设备,其特征在于,所述根据所述事件监视器对所述铰链折叠事件的监控结果执行对应功能,包括:The electronic device according to any one of claims 13-17, wherein the executing a corresponding function according to the monitoring result of the hinge folding event by the event monitor comprises:
    根据所述铰链反弹滑动监视器对所述方向事件中封装的所述折叠方向进行监视获得的目标事件,执行对应的功能。Perform a corresponding function according to the target event obtained by monitoring the folding direction encapsulated in the direction event by the hinge rebound sliding monitor.
  19. 一种计算机存储介质,其特征在于,包括计算机指令,当所述计算机指令在电子设备上运行时,使得所述电子设备执行如权利要求1-7中任一项所述的具有折叠屏的电子设备的控制方法。A computer storage medium, characterized by comprising computer instructions, when the computer instructions run on an electronic device, the electronic device is caused to execute the electronic device with a folding screen according to any one of claims 1-7. Control method of equipment.
  20. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,当所述计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1-7中任一项所述的具有折叠屏的电子设备的控制方法。A computer program product, characterized in that, when the computer program product runs on a computer, the computer is caused to execute the method for controlling an electronic device with a folding screen according to any one of claims 1-7.
PCT/CN2020/102812 2019-07-18 2020-07-17 Control method for electronic device with folding screen, and electronic device WO2021008616A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201910650507.4 2019-07-18
CN201910650507.4A CN110545354A (en) 2019-07-18 2019-07-18 control method of electronic equipment with folding screen and electronic equipment

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021008616A1 true WO2021008616A1 (en) 2021-01-21

Family

ID=68709938

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/102812 WO2021008616A1 (en) 2019-07-18 2020-07-17 Control method for electronic device with folding screen, and electronic device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (2) CN113791701A (en)
WO (1) WO2021008616A1 (en)

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114428650A (en) * 2022-01-26 2022-05-03 惠州Tcl移动通信有限公司 Application program display method and device, electronic equipment and readable storage medium
CN116055599A (en) * 2022-08-19 2023-05-02 荣耀终端有限公司 Method for acquiring included angle of folding screen and electronic equipment
CN116366750A (en) * 2021-12-28 2023-06-30 荣耀终端有限公司 Method for determining included angle of folding screen and related equipment thereof
CN116781809A (en) * 2021-11-19 2023-09-19 荣耀终端有限公司 Hinge angle detection method and related equipment
WO2023197748A1 (en) * 2022-04-15 2023-10-19 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 Touch-control interaction method and apparatus

Families Citing this family (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113791701A (en) * 2019-07-18 2021-12-14 华为技术有限公司 Control method of electronic equipment with folding screen and electronic equipment
CN111262994B (en) * 2020-01-09 2021-07-16 三星电子(中国)研发中心 Task selection method and device for folding screen intelligent equipment
CN114003321B (en) * 2020-07-28 2023-05-05 华为技术有限公司 Display method and electronic equipment
CN112261201B (en) * 2020-10-20 2022-08-05 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Call method, device, mobile terminal and storage medium
CN112860011B (en) * 2020-12-31 2024-04-26 维沃移动通信有限公司 Folding electronic equipment, control method and control device thereof
CN115016720A (en) * 2021-03-04 2022-09-06 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Mobile terminal control method and device, mobile terminal and storage medium
CN113704677A (en) * 2021-07-27 2021-11-26 国电南瑞科技股份有限公司 Measurement and control device maintenance method and device for realizing state maintenance strategy
CN113727001B (en) * 2021-08-31 2023-06-13 维沃移动通信(杭州)有限公司 Shooting method and device and electronic equipment
CN114740952B (en) * 2022-04-02 2023-12-19 西安中诺通讯有限公司 Intelligent terminal with folding screen and control method and device thereof
CN115174738A (en) * 2022-06-30 2022-10-11 深圳传音控股股份有限公司 Control method, intelligent terminal and storage medium
WO2024034823A1 (en) * 2022-08-09 2024-02-15 삼성전자 주식회사 Electronic device, and screen display method according to change of folded state using same

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107656666A (en) * 2016-07-26 2018-02-02 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Mobile terminal and rolling speed determine method
CN108347530A (en) * 2018-02-02 2018-07-31 维沃移动通信有限公司 A kind of control method and mobile terminal of lighting device
CN109274823A (en) * 2018-09-26 2019-01-25 维沃移动通信有限公司 A kind of multimedia file broadcasting control method and terminal device
CN109525704A (en) * 2018-09-21 2019-03-26 维沃移动通信有限公司 A kind of control method and mobile terminal
CN109639971A (en) * 2018-12-17 2019-04-16 维沃移动通信有限公司 A kind of shooting focal length method of adjustment and terminal device
CN110545354A (en) * 2019-07-18 2019-12-06 华为技术有限公司 control method of electronic equipment with folding screen and electronic equipment

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107678599A (en) * 2017-10-19 2018-02-09 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司 Control method, device, mobile terminal and the storage medium of recording progress
CN108089809A (en) * 2017-11-29 2018-05-29 努比亚技术有限公司 A kind of music control method, terminal and computer readable storage medium
CN108428408A (en) * 2018-05-16 2018-08-21 深圳市天珑移动技术有限公司 Fold mechanism, collapsible display and the electronic equipment of flexible screen
CN110012130A (en) * 2019-02-22 2019-07-12 华为技术有限公司 A kind of control method and electronic equipment of the electronic equipment with Folding screen

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107656666A (en) * 2016-07-26 2018-02-02 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Mobile terminal and rolling speed determine method
CN108347530A (en) * 2018-02-02 2018-07-31 维沃移动通信有限公司 A kind of control method and mobile terminal of lighting device
CN109525704A (en) * 2018-09-21 2019-03-26 维沃移动通信有限公司 A kind of control method and mobile terminal
CN109274823A (en) * 2018-09-26 2019-01-25 维沃移动通信有限公司 A kind of multimedia file broadcasting control method and terminal device
CN109639971A (en) * 2018-12-17 2019-04-16 维沃移动通信有限公司 A kind of shooting focal length method of adjustment and terminal device
CN110545354A (en) * 2019-07-18 2019-12-06 华为技术有限公司 control method of electronic equipment with folding screen and electronic equipment

Cited By (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN116781809A (en) * 2021-11-19 2023-09-19 荣耀终端有限公司 Hinge angle detection method and related equipment
CN116366750A (en) * 2021-12-28 2023-06-30 荣耀终端有限公司 Method for determining included angle of folding screen and related equipment thereof
CN116366750B (en) * 2021-12-28 2024-04-16 荣耀终端有限公司 Method for determining included angle of folding screen and related equipment thereof
CN114428650A (en) * 2022-01-26 2022-05-03 惠州Tcl移动通信有限公司 Application program display method and device, electronic equipment and readable storage medium
CN114428650B (en) * 2022-01-26 2023-11-14 惠州Tcl移动通信有限公司 Application program display method, device, electronic equipment and readable storage medium
WO2023197748A1 (en) * 2022-04-15 2023-10-19 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 Touch-control interaction method and apparatus
CN116055599A (en) * 2022-08-19 2023-05-02 荣耀终端有限公司 Method for acquiring included angle of folding screen and electronic equipment
CN116055599B (en) * 2022-08-19 2023-11-24 荣耀终端有限公司 Method for acquiring included angle of folding screen and electronic equipment

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN113791701A (en) 2021-12-14
CN110545354A (en) 2019-12-06

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021008616A1 (en) Control method for electronic device with folding screen, and electronic device
WO2021093793A1 (en) Capturing method and electronic device
WO2020168965A1 (en) Method for controlling electronic device having folding screen, and electronic device
US11595566B2 (en) Camera switching method for terminal, and terminal
WO2021147712A1 (en) Display method for foldable screen, and related apparatus
WO2020259038A1 (en) Method and device for capturing images
WO2020224449A1 (en) Split-screen display operation method and electronic device
CN110536004B (en) Method for applying multiple sensors to electronic equipment with flexible screen and electronic equipment
WO2021213164A1 (en) Application interface interaction method, electronic device, and computer readable storage medium
US20220206682A1 (en) Gesture Interaction Method and Apparatus, and Terminal Device
WO2021104008A1 (en) Method for displaying folding screen and related apparatus
WO2021036770A1 (en) Split-screen processing method and terminal device
WO2021063311A1 (en) Display control method for electronic device having foldable screen, and electronic device
WO2020168968A1 (en) Control method for electronic device having foldable screen, and electronic device
WO2021052279A1 (en) Foldable screen display method and electronic device
WO2020221060A1 (en) Card-related processing method and apparatus
WO2022042770A1 (en) Method for controlling communication service state, terminal device and readable storage medium
WO2021052407A1 (en) Electronic device control method and electronic device
WO2020118490A1 (en) Automatic screen-splitting method, graphical user interface, and electronic device
WO2021238370A1 (en) Display control method, electronic device, and computer-readable storage medium
WO2021208723A1 (en) Full-screen display method and apparatus, and electronic device
WO2023241209A9 (en) Desktop wallpaper configuration method and apparatus, electronic device and readable storage medium
WO2021042878A1 (en) Photography method and electronic device
WO2022100219A1 (en) Data transfer method and related device
WO2021013106A1 (en) Foldable screen illumination method and apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20840821

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20840821

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1